Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

See other formats


t. <- 



APR 2 3 '69 



BULLETIN OF 
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 



CATALOG ISSUE 



WINSTON-SALEM 



NORTH CAROLINA 







^4g*,V'' 



JANUARY 1970 

FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN 
ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71 



CORRESPONDENCE 

Inquiries to the University should be addressed as indicated 
below: 

Admissions Director of Admissions 

Alumni Affairs Director of Alumni Affairs 

Athletics Director of Athletics 

Business Administration Dean of Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business 
Administration 

Catalogs Director of Admissions 

Financial Matters Vice President for Business 

and Finance 
General Policy of the 

University President 

Gifts and Bequests President 

Graduate Studies Dean of the Graduate School 

Housing — 

Men Director of Residences 

Women Dean of Women 

Law Dean of School of Law 

Medicine Director of Admissions 

Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
N. C. 27103 

Placement Director of Placement 

Public Relations and 

Development Program President 

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships 

Student Affairs Dean of Students 

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session 

Transcripts Registrar 

All addresses, except Medicine, are: 

Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 




Wait Chapel and Plaza 




Air View 




the Campus 



New Series 



January 1970 



Vol. LXV, No. 1 



BULLETIN OF 



Wake Forest 
University 



.tiff*******- 




GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE 

ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-FIFTH YEAR 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1970-1971 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published seven times annually by 

the University at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Correspondence and 

changes of address notices should be mailed to Wake Forest 

University, Winston-Salem, N. C, 27109 (or 27103 

for Bowman Gray School of Medicine) . 

Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 





1970 








JANUARY APRIL JULY OCTOBER 

SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS 

123 1234 1234 123 
45678 910 5678 9 10 11 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
1112 13 14 15 16 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1112 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 

FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER 

SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS 

1234567 12 11234567 

8 9 10 1112 13 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 1112 13 14 15 16 9 10 1112 13 14 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 

31 30 31 

MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER DECEMBER 

SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS 

1234567 123456 12345 12345 
8 9 10 1112 13 14 7 8 910 111213 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 1112 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
29 30 31 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 








1971 








JANUARY APRIL JULY OCTOBER 

SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 

12 12 3 12 3 12 
3456789 456789 10 456789 10 3456789 
10 1112 13 14 15 16 1112 1314 15 16 17 1112 1314 15 16 17 10 1112 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 31 

FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER 
SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 

123456 11234567 123456 

7 8 910111213 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 1112 13 14 7 8 910111213 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 2526 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 28 29 30 

30 31 

MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER DECEMBER 

SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 

12 3 4 

123456 12345 12345678 91011 

7 8 910111213 6 7 8 910 1112 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 

28 29 30 31 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 















UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

Summer Session 1970 



June 


15 


Monday 


Registration First Term 


June 


15 


Monday 


Classes begin 


July 


18 


Saturday 


First term ends 


July 


20 


Monday 


Registration Second Term 


July 


20 


Monday 


Classes begin 


August 


22 


Saturday 


Second term ends 



Fall Term 1970 



Sept. 


10 


Thursday 


Sept. 


10 


Thursday 


Sept. 
Sept. 


10 
15 


Thursday 1 
Tuesday J* 


Sept. 
Sept. 


14 
15 


Monday ] 
Tuesday J 


Sept. 


16 


Wednesday 


Oct. 


2 


Friday 


Oct. 


16 


Friday 


Oct. 


17 


Saturday 


Nov. 


9 


Monday 


Nov. 
Nov. 


26 
29 


Thursday \ 
Sunday J 


Nov. 


30 


Monday 


Dec. 
Jan. 


19 
3 


Saturday \ 
Sunday J 


Jan. 


4 


Monday 


Jan. 


18 


Monday 


Jan. 


21 


Thursday 


Jan. 


27 


Wednesday 



9:00 Dormitories open for students 

11:00 Cafeteria open 

Orientation for freshmen and trans- 
fer students 

Registration (8:00-5:00) 
Registration (8:00-12:00) 

Classes begin 

Last day for dropping a class without 
penalty 

I grades of last term become F 

Homecoming (Holiday) 

Mid-term reports due in Registrar's 
Office 

Thanksgiving recess 

Classes resumed 

Christmas Recess 

Classes resumed 
Examinations begin 
Reading Day 
Examinations end 



Spring Term 1971 



Feb. 
Feb. 


1 
2 


Monday 1 
Tuesday J 


Feb. 


3 


Wednesday 


Feb. 


4 


Thursday 


Feb. 


17 


Wednesday 


March 


4 


Thursday 


March 


25 


Thursday 


March 
April 


28 
4 


Sunday \ 
Sunday J 


April 


5 


Monday 


April 
April 


5 
10 


Monday ] 
Saturday J 


April 


8 


Thursday 


April 


14 


Wednesday 


April 
May 


26 
8 


Monday "1 
Saturday J 


May 


24 


Monday 


May 


27 


Thursday 


June 


2 


Wednesday 


June 


4 


Friday 12:00 


June 


6 


Sunday 


June 


7 


Monday 



Registration (8:00-5:00) 
Registration (8:00-12:00) 

Classes begin 

Founders' Day Convocation 

Last day for dropping a class without 
penalty 

I Grades of last term become F 

Mid-term reports due in Registrar's 
Office 

* Spring Recess 

Classes resumed 

Sophomores sign for conferences with 
major advisers 

Senior testing day 

Last day for payment of reservation 
deposit for next school year 

Sophomore conferences with major 
advisers 

Examinations begin 

Reading Day 

Examinations end 

Last Senior grades due in Registrar's 
Office 

Baccalaureate Sermon 

Graduation 



* Spring recess for students registered in Education 251 will coincide with the Easter 
recess of the Public Schools. 



CONTENTS 

Page 

Introductory 7 

Administration and Instruction 9 

The University and Its Equipment 37 

Admission 49 

University Charges and Financial Arrangements 53 

Scholarships, Loan Funds and Student 

Employment 59 

Activities 70 

General Information 78 

Requirements for Degrees 90 

Courses in The College 104 

Charles H. Babcock School of 

Business Administration 180 

Graduate School 189 

School of Law 190 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 195 

Summer Session 198 

Degrees Conferred 201 

Summaries , 218 

Index 223 



INTRODUCING THE UNIVERSITY 

Location 

Wake Forest University is located at Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 (which follows 
Reynolda Road at this point), on the western outskirts of the 
city. The University consists of the following divisions: Wake 
Forest College, the School of Law, the Charles H. Babcock 
School of Business Administration, the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, and the Graduate School. 

Recognition 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Asso- 
ciation of Colleges and Schools, the Southern University Con- 
ference, and the Association of American Colleges. The Univer- 
sity has chapters of the principal national social fraternities, 
professional fraternities and honor societies, including Phi Beta 
Kappa. 

The School of Law is a member of the Association of Ameri- 
can Law Schools, and is on the approved list of the Council on 
Legal Education of the American Bar Association. 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year medical 
college, is a member of the Association of American Medical 
Colleges, and is on the approved list of the Council on Medical 
Education of the American Medical Association. 

The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is 
a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools 
of Business. 

Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for men for 
more than 100 years, women have been regularly admitted to 
all classes and to the professional schools since 1942. 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



Terms Expire December 31, 1970 

Claude U. Broach, Charlotte C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte 

Marion J. Davis, Winston-Salem Claude A. McNeill, Jr., Elkin 

C. O. Greene, Lawndale James R. Nance, Fayetteville 

John C. Hamrick, Shelby Robert Philpott, Lexington 

James B. Turner, Raleigh 

Terms Expire December 31, 1971 

William L. Bingham, Lexington Riley M. Jordan, Raeford 

Elmer Lee Cain, Winston-Salem J. Everette Miller, Raleigh 

Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem Carlton S. Prickett, Burlington 

Walter E. Greer, Jr., Greensboro Samuel C. Tatum, Greensboro 

Lonnie Boyd Williams, Wilmington 

Terms Expire December 31, 1972 

J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem 

Joseph Branch, Raleigh James Estes Cross, Jr., Burlington 

Dewey Herbert Bridger, Bladenboro Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem 

Jesse P. Chapman, Jr., Asheville Mrs. A. J. Lewis, Charlotte 

William W. Staton, Sanford 

Terms Expire December 31, 1973 

A. Douglas Aldrich, Gastonia Mrs. George C. Mackie, Wake Forest 

Henry L. Bridges, Raleigh W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville 

Robert R. Forney, Shelby Mrs. Clifton Parker, Woodland 

C. Maurice Hill, Drexel Edwin M. Stanley, Greensboro 

Jerome Otis Williams, Concord 



Officers 
For One-Year Term Beginning January 1, 1970 

Justice Joseph Branch, Raleigh, Chairman 

C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte, Vice Chairman 

Talcott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus 

John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston- Salem, Treasurer and Assistant 

Secretary 
Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston- Salem, Secretary 
Leslie E. Browder, Drawer 84, Winston- Salem, General Counsel 



^ADMINISTRATION 



James Ralph Scales (1967) President 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma. 

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost and Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College and 

Associate Professor of History 
B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University. 

Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Assistant Dean of the College and 

Associate Professor of Religion 
B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Dean of Students and Associate Professor 

of Educational and Counseling Psychology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women 

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Robert S. Carlson (1969) Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School 

of Business Administration and Professor 
of Business Administration 
S.B., M.I.T.; M.B.A., Ph.D., Stanford. 

Jeanne Owen (1956) Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration, 
and Professor of Business Law 
B.S., U.N.C.-Greensboro; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., U.N.C.-Chapel Hill. 

Carroll W. Weathers (1950) Dean of the School of Law 

and Professor of Law 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Leon H. Corbett, Jr. (1968) Assistant to the Dean of the 

School of Law and Associate Professor of Law 
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs, 

Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine and Professor of Medicine 

A.B., California; M.D., D.Sc., Temple. 

Robert L. Tuttle (1948) Academic Dean of the Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine and Associate Professor 
of Microbiology and Immunology 

B.S., New Hampshire; M.D., Rochester. 

Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean (Research Development) 

of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

and Professor of Preventive Medicine 

and Medical Genetics 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 

Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean (Administration) of the 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

B.A., Richmond. 



* Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates 
separate appointments. 



Administration 



C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Assistant Dean of the Bowman Gray 

School of Medicine, Assistant Professor of Radiology 
and Associate in Neurology 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and 

Professor of History 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke. 



Dean of the Graduate School and 
Professor of History 



Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

Vice President for Business and Finance 



Eugene T. Lucas (1967) 

B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver. 

John G. Williard (1958) 

B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

* Joseph O. Gilliam, Jr. (1967) 

B.A., Elon. 

Carlos O. Holder (1969) 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 



Treasurer; Assistant Secretary 
of the Board of Trustees 

Assistant to the Treasurer 

Assistant to the Treasurer 



Harry O. Parker (1947) 



B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A 

Grady S. Patterson (1924) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) 

B.S., South Carolina 

William G. Starling (1958) 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) 

B.A., North Carolina. 

William M. Mackie, Jr. (1964) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Ross A. Griffith (1966) 

B.S., Wake Forest 

Robert Clarence Beck (1959) 

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

George William Joyner, Jr. (1969) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Virgil L. McBride (1970) 

B.A., Mississippi College; B.D. 



Controller of the Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine 
North Carolina. 



Registrar 

Associate Registrar 

Director of Admissions and 
Financial Aid 

Associate Director of Admissions 

Associate Director of Admissions 
and Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Admissions 

Director of the Office for Research 
and Professor of Psychology 

Assistant to the President and 
Director of Communications 

Director of Alumni Affairs 



Ralph A. Simpson (1969) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

J. D. Wilson, Jr. (1969) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 



Development Officer 

Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Editor of University Magazine 
and Assistant in Communications 

Director of Annual Giving and 
Assistant in Alumni Affairs 



Died, September 20, 1969 



10 



Administration 



J. William Straughan, Jr. (1969) Assistant in Public Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Union Theological Seminary. 

Robert M. Allen (1966) Director of Printing Services 

B.A., Vanderbilt. 

Richard D. Barkley (1969) Director of Sports Publicity 

Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) University Chaplain 

B.A., IX. B., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., 
Union Theological Seminary. 

Richard W. McBride (1969) Assistant Chaplain and 

Director of the Baptist Student Union 
B.S. Ed., University of Virginia; B.D., Union Theological Seminary. 

Andrew J. Crutchfield (1968) Consultant in Clinical Services 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia. 

Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) Medical Director 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) Assistant Medical Director and 

Assistant in Preventive Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Libraries and Associate 

Professor of History 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. 

Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian 

B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina. 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian 

A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. 

Mrs. Erika Love (1967) Librarian of the Bowman Gray 

School of Medicine 

B.A., M.A. in L.S., Indiana. 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Coordinator of the Honors Program and 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown. 

John F. Reed (1963) Director of Placement 

A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefferson. 

Charles M. Allen (1941) Director of Concerts and Lectures and 

Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 
Julius H. Corpening (1969) Director of Urban Affairs Institute 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics and Associate 

Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) Assistant Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Richard T. Clay (1956) Manager of the College Book Store 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Harold S. Moore (1953) Director of the Physical Plant 

B.M.E., Virginia. 

Royce R. Weatherly (1947) Superintendent of Buildings 

Melvin Q. Layton (1951) Superintendent of Grounds 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Thomas P. Griffin (1956) Director of Residences 

11 



^PROFESSORS EMERITI 

CHARLES S. Black (1919-20; 1925-65) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

IOra C. Bradbury (1925-1961) Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., Ottawa; M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska. 

Coy C. Carpenter (1926-67) Vice President Emeritus for 

Medical Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology 

B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. 

Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-67) Professor Emeritus of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State. 



Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita 

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., D.D., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Edgar Estes Folk (1936-67) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody. 

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Marketing 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana. 

Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
D.D., Georgetown College. 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina. 

Hubert A. Jones (1908-1959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Associate Professor Emeritus 

of Mathematics 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. 

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-65) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell. 

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-67) President Emeritus 

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Louis- 
ville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D. Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, 
Richmond, Duke, North Carolina. 



* Dates following names indicate period of service. 

t Died, September 2, 1969. 



12 



* INSTRUCTION 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology and Director of 

Concerts and Lectures 
(See Administration) 

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado. 

John Louis Andronica (1969) Assistant Professor of 

Classical Languages 

B.A., Holy Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Andover 
Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane. 

H. Wallace Baird (1963) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

James Pierce Barefield (1963) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

**Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education 

A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana. 

John V. Baxley (1968) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech.; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Robert Clarence Beck Professor of Psychology and 

Director of the Office for Research 
(See Administration) 

Veryl E. Becker (1969) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State. 

Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Professor of Law 

B.A., Kentucky; LL.B., LL.M., Western Reserve. 

Merrill' G. Berthrong Associate Professor of History and Director 

of Libraries 
(See Administration) 

James Carey Blalock (1950) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida. 

Mrs. Kaye Shugart Bourquin (1967) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Trinity. 

Sterling M. Boyd (1968) Associate Professor of Art History 

B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton. 

Robert W. Brehme (1959) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

F. Dale Bridgewater (1966) Instructor in German 

B.A., Wake Forest. 



* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appoint- 
ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. 
** Absent on leave, Fall 1969. 

13 



Faculty 

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina. 

David B. Broyles (1966) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA. 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale. 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Associate Professor of Spanish 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Raymond E. Burrell (1968) Major, Artillery, U.S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.A., Stetson. 

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan. 

William E. Cage (1967) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia 

Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert S. Carlson Professor of Business Administration 

and Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School 
of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 

John Archer Carter, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Dorothy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina. 

David W. Catron (1963) Associate Professor of Psychology and 

Associate Director of the Center for Psychological Services 
B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. 

John H. Clougherty (1969) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Youngstown State; M.Ed., Kent State. 

Elton C. Cocke (1938) Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S. Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas. 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr. Associate Professor of Law 

(See Administration) 

Cyclone Covey (1968) Professor of History 

B.A., Ph.D., Stanford 

Penny Crawford (1969) Instructor in Art History 

B.A., Appalachian; M.A., Florida State. 

Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody. 

Glenn A. Dawson (1966) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; M.A.T., North Carolina. 

*Marcel E. Delgado (1947) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Carson-Newman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; J. D., Emory; LL.M., 
S.J.D., Michigan. 

* Died, December 18, 1969. 

14 



Faculty 

*N. Taylor Dodson (1957) Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Dir. P.E., P.E.D.. Indiana. 

Justus C. Drake (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean 

(See Administration) 

John R. Earle (1963) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Cronje B. Earp (1940) Professor of Classical Languages 

and Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education; 

Swimming Coach 
B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas M. Elmore Associate Professor of Educational and 

Counseling Psychology and Dean of Students 
(See Administration) 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

David K. Evans (1966) Assistant Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 
B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California. 

Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke. 

Erson McGruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967) Professor of Law 

B.A., LL.B., Washington and Lee; LL.M, Duke. 

William D. Faulhaber (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Montclair State; M.A., Virginia. 

John W. Filler ( 1969) Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., Randolph Macon; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Jack D. Fleer (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science 

A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director 

of Reynolda Gardens 

B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater. 

Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard. 

Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Professor of German 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Louisa Freeman (1968) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Emory. 

Roland L. Gay (1933) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State. 

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Christopher Giles (1951) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody. 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and 

Asian Studies 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay. 
* Died, August 13, 1969. 

15 



Faculty 

Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D., 
Edinburgh. 

PAUL M. GROSS, Jr. Associate Professor of Chemistry 

and Coordinator of The Honors Program 
(See Administration) 

William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

David Warren Hadley (1966) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Harvard. 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke. 

Carl V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Wade Hash (1969) Assistant Professor 

of Classical Languages 

B.A., Richmond; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics 

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen. 

Merwyn A. Hayes Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., St. Olaf; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Robert Meredith Helm (1940) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Marcus B. Hester ( 1963) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

David Allen Hills (I960) Associate Professor of Psychology and 

Director of the Center for Psychological Services 
A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Hugh K. HlMAN (1965) Assistant Professor of Econo?nics, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
B.A., M.A., Miami; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr. (1969) Colonel, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Professor of Military Science 
B.S., U. S. Military Academy. 

Wesley D. Hood (1968) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Univ. of Washington; M.Ed., North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball State. 

Herbert Horowitz Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Brooklyn; M.S., New School for Social Research; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Fredric T. Howard (1966) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke. 

16 



Faculty 

Calvin R. Huber (1962) Associate Professor of Music 

B.M., M.M., Wisconsin; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana. 

Oliver B. Ingram, Jr. Captain, Infantry. U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., Auburn. 

Chester O. Jackson (1969) Visiting Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., A.M., Illinois; Ed.D., New York University. 
Isabelle Jasson (1969) Visiting Lecturer in French 

Licence, Strasbourg 

Mrs. Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest. 

Thomas L. Johnson (1968) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army; 

Assistant in Military Science 

Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Carson Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee. 

Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law 

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; LL.B., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke. 
Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke. 

Perry Lee R. Lefeavers (1969) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Catawba; M.A., North Carolina; P.E.D., Indiana. 

Charles M. Lewis (1968) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard. 

Robert William Lovett (1962, 1968) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Oglethorpe, M.A., Ph.D.. Emory. 

William V. Luckie (1969) Instructor in Accounting, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., Alabama; M.B.A., Mississippi. 

Nancy Jane McCaskey (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Marshall; M.A., North Carolina. 

James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

Thane McDonald (1941) Professor of Music 

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia. 

John William McDonough Instructor in English 

B.A., King's; M.A., North Carolina. 

James G. McDowell (1965) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Kenneth A. McElhaney (1969) Sergeant, U. S. Army 

Assistant in Military Science 

3. Gaylord May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

W. Graham May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929) Professor of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia. 

Harry B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

17 



Faculty 

Joseph O. Milner (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Davidson; M.A., North Carolina. 

Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York; 
Ph.D., New York University. 

John C. Moorhouse Assistant Professor of Economics, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

•ujajsaMitfJOj^ '-a'Hd 'VIAI IqsBqn^ 'g'V 

Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science 

A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Thomas E. Mullen Associate Professor of History 

and Dean of the College 

(See Administration) 

RONALD E. Noptle (1967) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington. 

Pavle Novosel (1970) Visiting Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 

B.A., Ph.D., Zagreb. 
JOHN W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

* James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago. 

Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Jeanne Owen Professor of Business Law, 

and Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935) Professor of French 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

and Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke. 

Philip P. Perricone Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology 

B.S., M.A., University of Florida. 

Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session 

(See Administration) 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English 

A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania. 

M. Elizabeth Place (1969) Instructor in German 

A.B., Duke; M.A., Vanderbilt. 

Edward H. Platte (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., Princeton; M.A., Stanford. 

Michael L. Pollock (1967) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Arizona; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Joyce E. Potter (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Tennessee. 

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, 
Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 



Absent on leave, Spring 1970. 

18 



Faculty 

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968) Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Theol. Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia. 

Ray Prohaska (1969) Artist in Residence 

Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest. 

J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia. 

Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane. 

Karl D. Reyer (1969) Visiting Professor of Marketing, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Harold C. Rhea (1968) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

and Cross Country and Track Coach 

B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. 

Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Thomas C. Richardson, Jr. (1968) Major, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., North Georgia. 

Charles L. Richman (1968) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati. 

Daniel J. Richman (1968) Instructor in Mathematics 

B.A., Harvard; M.A., Wake Forest. 

John C. Richowsky (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., Tulane; M.A., Duke. 

John Ewing Roberts (1961, 1967) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale Divinity School. 

Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson ( 1952) Professor of French 

B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., Westminister College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. 
Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary. 

Eva Maria Rodtwitt (1966) Visiting Lecturer in French 

Cand. Philol., Oslo. 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. 

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Assistant Professor of 

Political Science 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Frank L. Scott (1969) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Tulane; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Karl Myron Scott (1955) Professor of Management, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Richard D. Sears (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

A.B., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke. 

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida. 

19 



Faculty 

Edgar E. Shiver (1968) Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army, 

Assistant in Military Science 

Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Michael L. Sinclair (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Stanford. 

James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law 

B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York University. 

Mrs. Judy Jo Worley Small (1966) Instructor in English 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Pennsylvania. 

David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D. Wisconsin. 

Charles W. Smith (1969) Instructor in Music 

B.M., Wyoming; M.A., New York University. 

J. Howell Smith (1965) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Henry Lawrence Snuggs (1945) Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Guy E. Spear (1969) Instructor in English 

B.A., M.A., Wyoming. 

James A. Steintrager (1969) Associate Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago. 

Henry Smith Stroupe Professor of History and 

Dean of the Graduate School 

(See Administration) 

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Samuel A. Syme, Jr. (1965) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Washington and Lee; A.M., Ed.D., Duke. 

Charles H. Talbert (1963) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

E. Mowbray Tate (1967) Visiting Professor of Religion and History 

B.A., Whitman; Ph.D., Columbia. 

Harold C. Tedford (1965) Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Brenda Ann Templeton (1969) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Neal B. Thornton (1967) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Mrs. Anne S. Tillett (1965) Associate Professor of Romance 

Languages 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M. A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Professor of History 

B.A., Carson- Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

David Tinga (1968) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army 

Assistant in Military Science 

Phyllis Lou Trible (1963) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Meredith; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, Columbia. 

20 



Faculty 

Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Lorraine Van Meter (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., M.A., u.c.l.a. 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh. 

J. Van Wagstaff (1964) Associate Professor of Economics, 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Frances Day Wardlaw (1969) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Wooster; M.A. Illinois. 

Westford D. Warner (1968) Captain, Armor, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., The Citadel. 

Carroll W. Weathers Professor of Law and 

Dean of the School of Law 

(See Administration) 

Herbert H. Webber (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Ph.D., British Columbia. 

James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard. 

Peter D. Weigl (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology 

A.B., Williams; Ph.D., Duke. 

David Welker (1969) Professor of Speech 

B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

Larry E. West (1969) Assistant Professor of German 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

*John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Sammy K. Williams (1969) Instructor in Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Provost 

(See Administration) 

Rolf Woldseth (1967) Assistant Professor of Physics 

M.S., Technical University of Norway; Ph.D., Washington University of St. Louis. 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell. 

J. Ned Woodall (1969) Assistant Professor of 

Sociology and Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist. 

John J. Woodmansee (1965) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado. 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Richard L. Zuber (1962) Associate Professor of History 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D. Duke. 
* Absent on leave, Spring 1970. 

21 



PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS 



Alfred T. Brauer (1965) 

Ph.D., Berlin. 



Visiting Professor of Mathematics 
Visiting Professor of History 



Frederick L. Bronner (1966) 

B.S., Union College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

J. Daniel Brown (1969) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.A., Lenoir Rhyne; B.D., Luthern Theological Seminary; Th.M., Princeton Theolog- 
ical Seminary; Ph.D., Drew. 



Mary Gwyn Cage (1969) 

B.F.A., North Carolina School of the Arts 

Sue N. Elkins (1967) 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., UNC-G. 

Mrs. Marjorie Felmet (1964) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music 

Mrs. Caroline S. Fullerton (1969) 

B.A. Rollins; M.A., Texas Tech. College 

Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957) 

B.A., B.M., Meredith. 

Susan P. Harbin (1966) 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Joseph B. Jowers (1970) 

B.D., Drew; Ph.D., New School for Social Research 

Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960) 

Certificate, Westminster Choir College. 



Instructor in Physical Education 

Instructor in Speech 

Visiting Teacher of Piano 

Theatre Speech Consultant 

Instructor in Piano 

Instructor in Psychology 

Lecturer in Sociology 

Artist in Residence, Voice 

Instructor in Speech 



Brooks E. Neff, Jr. (1970) 

B.A., M.S., University of Southern Mississippi. 

Joe N. Norman (1970) Visiting Lecturer in Accounting 

B.A., Philander Smith; M.B.A., C.P.A., Oklahoma. 



Lecturer in Sociology and Anthropology 



Norio Ohta (1969) 

B.A., Maryville; M.A., Appalachian. 

David H. Rose (1968) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.A., Cincinnati; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union. 

John W. Sanders (1968) 

B.A., M.A., Georgia. 

Martha Stark (1969) 

B.S., Illinois State Normal. 



Jeannette Stone (1967) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 



Lecturer in Sociology 
Instructor in Physical Education 
Visiting Teacher of Voice 



22 



THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 
^PROFESSORS EMERITI 

**Camillo Artom (1939-1963) Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry 

M.D., Padua; Ph.D., Messina; Ph.D., Palermo, Italy. 

Coy C. Carpenter (1926-1967) Vice President Emeritus for Medical 

Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. 

Fred K. Garvey (1941-1969) Professor Emeritus of Urology 

M.D., University of Cincinnati School of Medicine. 

Robert A. Moore (1941-1953) Associate Professor Emeritus 

of Orthopedic Surgery 

M.D., North Carolina Medical College. 

William H. Sprunt, Jr. (1941-1963) Professor Emeritus 

of Clinical Surgery 
B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of Pennsylvania. 

ROSCOE L. Wall (1942-1956) Professor Emeritus 

of Anesthesiology 

B.S., Wake Forest, M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 



* Dates following names indicate period of service. 
'* Died, February 3, 1970. 



23 



FACULTY 
THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

* INSTRUCTION 



Jean Dofflemoyer Acton (1964) 

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Eben Alexander, Jr. (1949) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Katherine H. Anderson (1969) 

B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell. 

John R. Ausband (1952) 

B.A., Asbury; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Ernest A. Austin (1969) 

B.S., St. John's; M.D., Howard. 

Ralph W. Barnes (1969) 



Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

Professor of Neurosurgery 

Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Professor of Otolaryngology 

Assistant Professor of Surgery 

Research Instructor in Neurology 

B.S.E.E., Duke; M.S.E., Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Duke 

David L. Beavers (1955) Assistant Professor of Dental Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., Northwestern. 

David Merrill Biddulph (1970) 

B.S., Utah; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Edward D. Bird (1968) 

M.B., B.S., London; CM., Canada. 

Damon D. Blake (1956) 

B.S., Washington; M.D., Columbia. 

Walter J. Bo (1960) 

B.S., M.S., Marquette; Ph.D., Cincinnati. 

Robert F. Bond (1965) 

B.S., Ursinus; M.S., Ph.D., Temple. 

William H. Boyce (1952) 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Vanderbilt. 



Assistant Professor of Anatomy 

Associate Professor of Medicine 
Associate in Pharmacology 

Professor of Radiology 

Professor of Anatomy 

Assistant Professor of Physiology 

Professor of Urology 



Robert G. Brame (1967) 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Billy C. Bullock (1965) 

D.V.M., Texas A & M. 

Richard L. Burt (1949) 



Assistant Professor of Obstetrics 
and Gynecology; Associate in Pharmacology 

Assistant Professor of 
Laboratory Animal Medicine 



Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 



B.S., Springfield, M.S., Ph.D., Brown; M.D., Harvard. 

Instructor in Pharmacology 



Yi-Chi Chang (1969) 

B.S., Southeast Missouri; Ph.D., Connecticut 

Kenneth P. Chepenik (1968) 

B.S., Ph.D., Florida. 



Instructor in Anatomy 



'■'■■ Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appointment. 
More than one date indicates separate appointments. Only full-time members of the faculty 
are included. 



24 



Faculty 

THOMAS B. Clarkson, Jr. (1957) Professor of Laboratory 

Animal Medicine 

D.V.M., Georgia. 

Carl M. Cochrane (1967) Professor of Psychology (Psychiatry) 

B.A., Guilford; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Monroe Cole (1965) Associate Professor of Neurology 

Associate in Anatomy 

B.A., Amherst; M.D., Georgetown. 

Robert H. Coombs (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology 

(Obstetrics and Gynecology) 

B.S., M.S., Utah; Ph.D., Washington State. 

M. Robert Cooper (1967) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

A. Robert Cordell (1957) Associate Professor of Surgery 

Associate in Physiology 

B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Robert W. Cowgill (1962) Professor of Biochemistry 

B.A., Kansas; M.S., Rensselaer; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Clair E. Cox, II (1963) Associate Professor of Urology 

M.D., Michigan. 

Patrick M. Cunningham (1967) Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work 

B.S., Utah; M.S.W., Fordham. 

IVAN W. F. Davidson (1961) Associate Professor of Pharmacology 

Associate in Physiology 

B.S., Manitoba; M.A., Ph.D., Toronto. 

Courtland H. Davis, Jr. (1952) Professor of Neurosurgery 

A.B., George Washington; M.D., Virginia. 

Lawrence R. DeChatelet (1969) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Loyola. 

Adam B. Denison (1951) Associate Professor of Physiology 

B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Western Reserve. 

Robert E. Dinker (1968) Instructor in Radiology 

B.S., M.D., Maryland. 

Henry Drexler (1964) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Rochester. 

John H. Felts (1955) Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.S., Wofiord; M.D., South Carolina. 

H. Francis Forsyth (1946) Professor of Orthopedics 

A.B., M.D., Michigan. 

J. H. Smith Foushee, Jr. (1954) Associate Professor of Pathology 

M.D., Jefferson. 

Fleetus L. Gobble, Jr. (1966) Assistant Professor of Obstetrics 

and Gynecology 

A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Harold O. Goodman (1958) Professor of Medical Genetics 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Harold D. Green (1945) Gordon Gray Professor of Physiology 

Associate in Pharmacology 
Associate in Medicine 

B.S., D.Sc, Wooster; M.D., Western Reserve. 

25 



Faculty 

FRANK C. Greiss, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of 

Obstetrics and Gynecology 
A.B., M.D., Pennsylvania. 

David L. Groves (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Marietta; M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Marcus M. Gulley (1959) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John P. Gusdon, Jr. (1967) Assistant Professor of 

Obstetrics and Gynecology 
Associate in Microbiology 
B.A., M.D., Virginia. 

C. Allen Haney (1968) Assistant Professor of Sociology (Pediatrics) 

B.S., Jacksonville; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State. 

James A. Harrill (1941) Professor of Otolaryngology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Donald M. Hayes (1959) Associate Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Preventive Medicine 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John T. Hayes (1966) Professor of Orthopedics 

B.S., M.D., Michigan. 

Robert N. Headley (1963) Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.S., M.D., Maryland. 

Leo J. Heaphy, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Physiology 
A.B., Canisius; M.D., Buffalo. 

Eugene R. Heise (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

Associate in Surgery 
B.S., Wittenberg; M.S., Iowa; Ph.D., Wake Forest. 

C. NASH Herndon (1942) Professor of Preventive Medicine 

and Medical Genetics; Associate in Medicine 
Associate Dean for Research Development 

(See Administration) 

Felda Hightower ( 1944) Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Alanson HlNMAN (1952) Associate Professor of Pediatric-N eurology 

A.B., Stanford; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Ivan L. Holleman, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Pathology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Stephen H. Homer (1967) Assistant Professor of Orthopedics 

B.A., M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Charles M. Howell, Jr. (1954) Professor of Medicine (Dermatology 

and Allergy); Associate in Pathology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Julius A. Howell (1957) Associate Professor of Surgery 

(Plastic Surgery); Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence 
LL.B., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

A. Sherrill Hudspeth (1963) Associate Professor of Surgery 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Frank H. Hulcher (1958) Associate Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic. 

26 



Faculty 



Carolyn C. Huntley (1957) 

A.B., Mount Holyoke; M.D., Duke. 
LUCILE W. HUTAFF (1948) 

B.S., Wisconsin; M.D., Rochester. 

Thomas H. Irving (1967) 

B.A., Pennsylvania State; M.D., Hahnemann. 

Francis M. James, III (1968) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology 

B.S., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann 



Professor of Pediatrics 

Professor of Preventive Medicine 
Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Professor of Anesthesiology 
Associate in Pharmacology 



Paul Marshall James, Jr. (1970) 

A.B., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann. 



Richard Janeway (1966) 

B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Frank R. Johnston (1950) 

B.S., Presbyterian; M.D., Duke. 

Zelma A. Kalnins (1956) 

M.D., University of Latvia. 

David L. Kelly, Jr. (1965) 

M.D., North Carolina. 



Assistant Professor of Surgery 

Assistant Professor of Neurology 

Professor of Surgery 

Associate Professor of Clinical Cytology 

Assistant Professor of Neurosurgery 

Professor of Pediatrics 



Weston M. Kelsey (1946) 

B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Richard A. Kemp (1967) 

M.D., Michigan. 

Robert M. Kerr (1966) 

B.S., Bucknell; M.D., Cornell. 

Bok Soo Kim (1969) 

M.D., M.S., Yonsei University, Korea. 

J. Stanton King, Jr. (1959) 

B.S., Chicago; Ph.D., Tennessee. 

Bill J. Kittrell (1969) 

A.B., California at Berkeley; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Mariano La Via (1968) 

M.D., University of Messina, Italy. 

Eva S. Leake (1963) Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., Universidad Autonoma de Mexico; M.S., Instituto Politecnico, Mexico, D. F. 



Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology 
Associate in Pharmacology 

Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Instructor in Pathology 

Research Associate Professor of 
Urology (Biochemistry) 

Instructor in Otolaryngology 

Professor of Pathology 



Norman H. Leake (1959) 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Noel D. M. Lehner (1966) 

B.S., D.V.M., Illinois. 



Laurence B. Leinbach (1957) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 



Research Associate Professor of 

Reproductive Biology (Organic Chemistry) 

Associate in Pharmacology 



Thomas A. Lesh (1969) 

B.S., Michigan State; Ph.D. 



Indiana. 



Edward M. Lieberman (1968) 



B.S., Tufts; M.A., Massachusetts; Ph.D., Florida. 



Assistant Professor of Laboratory 
Animal Medicine 



Associate Professor of Radiology 

Instructor in Physiology 

Assistant Professor of Physiology 



27 



Faculty 

J. Maxwell Little (1941) Professor of Pharmacology 

Associate in Physiology 

B.A., M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Frank R. Lock (1941) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology 

A.B., Cornell; M.D., Tulane. 

Hugh B Lofland, Jr. (1952) Professor of Pathology (Biochemistry) 

Associate in Biochemistry 

B.S., M.S., Texas A & M; Ph.D., Purdue. 

Samuel H. Love (1955) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Miami, Ohio; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. 

George C. Lynch (1954) Professor of Medical Illustrations 

David R. Mace (1967) Professor of Family Sociology 

(Preventive Medicine) 

B.S., London; B.A., M.A., Cambridge; Ph.D., Manchester. 

George S. Malindzak, Jr. (1962) Associate Professor of Physiology 

A.B., Western Reserve; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State. 

James F. Martin (1950) Professor of Radiology 

A.B., Marietta; M.D., Western Reserve. 

Edwin H. Martinat (1963) Associate Professor of Orthopedics 

Associate Professor of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Assistant Professor of Radiology 

Associate in Neurology, and Assistant Dean 

(See Administration) 

Charles E. McCall (1968) Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Pharmacology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Charles E. McCreight (1954) Associate Professor of Anatomy 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., George Washington. 

William M. McKinney (1963) Assistant Professor of Neurology 

Research Associate in Radiology 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Virginia. 

Robert C McKone (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William T. McLean, Jr. (1966) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

Associate in Neurology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Manson Meads (1947) Professor of Medicine and Vice President 

for Medical Affairs and Dean 

(See Administration) 

Jesse H. Meredith (1958) Associate Professor of Surgery 

M.D., Western Reserve; A.B., Elon. 

Isadore Meschan (1955) Professor of Radiology 

B.A., M.A., M.D., Western Reserve. 

Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Associate Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Physiology 

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Henry S. Miller, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Medicine 

Associate in Physiology 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

28 



Faculty 

William G. Montgomery (1964) Assistant Professor of Urology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John Moossy (1967) Professor of Pathology (Neuropathology) 

Associate in Neurology 
M.D., Tulane. 

Robert P. Morehead (1936) Professor of Pathology 

B.S., M.A., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson. 

Richard T. Myers (1950) Professor of Surgery 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Pennsylvania. 

Quentin N. Myrvik (1963) Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Washington. 

Thomas F. O'Brien, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of Medicine 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Yale. 

Virginia O'Connell (1966) Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work 

B.S., Alabama State Teachers; M.A., Chicago. 

Ruth O'Neal (1969) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

A.B., Transylvania; M.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.S., Minnesota. 

Charles E. Parkin (1967) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology 

B.S., Memphis State; M.D., Tennessee. 

Richard B. Patterson (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Larry A. Pearce (1969) Assistant Professor of Neurology 

Associate in Pharmacology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William S. Pearson (1966) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina. 

Timothy C. Pennell (1966) Assistant Professor of Surgery 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

John M. Pixley (1961) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

B.A., Denison; M.D., Ohio State. 

Donald J. Pizzarello (1960) Associate Professor of Radiology 

(Radiation Biology) 

B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Fordham. 

Leland E. Powers (1968) Professor of Preventive Medicine 

M.D., Iowa; M.S.P.H., Michigan. 

Robert W. Prichard (1951) Professor of Pathology 

M.D., George Washington. 

Richard C. Proctor (1950) Professor of Psychiatry 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

William W. Quivers (1968) Associate Professor of Pediatrics 

B.S., Hampton Institute; M.D., Meharry. 

Angus C. Randolph (1948) Associate Professor of Psychiatry 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Virginia. 

Carlos E. Rapela (1959) Professor of Physiology 

Associate in Pharmacology 

M.D., Faculty of Medical Sciences of the University of Buenos Aires. 

Charles N. Remy (1962) Professor of Biochemistry 

B.S., Syracuse; Ph.D., New York Upstate Medical Center. 

29 



Faculty 



A. Leonard Rhyne (1964) Assistant Professor of Biostatistics 

B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Stephen H. Richardson (1963) Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California. 

R. Winston Roberts (1947) 

M.D., Duke. 



Robert E. Robinson, III (1967) 

B.S., George Washington; M.D., Virginia. 

Jack M. Rogers (1970) 

B.S., Alabama; M.D., Bowman Gray 

Richard W. St. Clair (1967) 

B.S., Ph.D., Colorado State. 



Professor of Ophthalmology 

Research Instructor in Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Psychiatry 

Assistant Professor of Pathology 
(Physiology) 

Assistant Professor of Pediatrics 

Instructor in Anesthesiology 

Professor of Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Pathology 

Associate Professor of Physiology 

Professor of Surgery 

Instructor in Biochemistry 

Assistant Professor of Medicine 

Professor of Medicine 

Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology 



Doris Y. Sanders (1966) 

B.A., Austin Peay State; M.D., Vanderbilt 

Robert T. Savage (1970) 

B.S., M.D., North Carolina 

C. Glenn Sawyer (1952) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Modesto Scharyj (1962) 

B.A., Cracow; M.D., Vienna, Austria. 

Herman E. Schmid, Jr. (1960) 

B.S., M.S., M.D., Illinois. 

Louis deS. Shaffner (1951) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard. 

Jerry Sipe (1969) 

B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; Ph.D., Wake Forest. 

William J. Spencer (1967) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Charles L. Spurr (1957) 

B.S., Bucknell; M.S., M.D., Rochester. 

John Allen Stanley (1967) 

A.B., Dartmouth; M.D., Harvard. 

Cornelius F. Strittmatter, IV (1961) 

B.S., Juniata; Ph.D., Harvard. 

Norman M. Sulkin (1952) 

B.A., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D., Iowa. 

* James F. Toole (1962) Walter C. Teagle Professor of Neurology 

B.A., Princeton; M.D., Cornell; LL.B., La Salle. 

Walter H. Traub (1968) 

M.D., Munich; M.S., Rochester. 



Odus M. Mull Professor of 
Biochemistry 

William Neal Reynolds Professor 
of Anatomy 



B. Lionel Truscott (1968) 



Assistant Professor of Microbiology 
and Pathology 

Professor of Neurology 



B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale. 

Henry C. Turner (1967) Instructor in Anesthesiology 

A.B., M.D., North Carolina. 



* Absent on leave, August 1969 — June 1970. 



30 



Faculty 



Robert L. Tuttle (1950) 

(See Administration) 

John P. Umberger ( 1958) 

B.A., Roanoke; M.A., Iowa. 

Henry L. Valk (1950) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Duke. 

Clark E. Vincent (1964) 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., California at Berkeley. 

Arthur Wainer (1962) 

B.S., Miami; Ph.D., Florida. 

B. MOSELEY WAITE (1967) 
B.S., Rollins; Ph.D., Duke. 



Associate Professor of Microbiology 
and Academic Dean 



Instructor in Psychiatry (Psychology) 

Professor of Medicine 

Professor of Sociology 
(Obstetrics and Gynecology) 

Associate Professor of Biochemistry 

Assistant Professor of Biochemistry 



Walter A. Ward (1967) 



B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

L. David Waterbury (1969) 

B.S., Michigan; Ph.D., Vermont. 

Finley C. Watts (1967) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Lester Earl Watts (1965) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Richard G. Weaver (1954) 

M.D., Washington. 

Joseph E. Whitley (1960) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Nancy O'N. Whitley (1969) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Howard M. Wisotzkey (1969) 

B.A., Dartmouth; M.D., Maryland. 

Richard L. Witcofski (1961) 



Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology 



Assistant Professor of Pharmacology 

Research Instructor in Radiology 
(Health Physics) 

Assistant Professor of Medicine 
Associate in Preventive Medicine 

Professor of Ophthalmology 

Professor of Radiology 

Instructor in Radiology 
(Diagnostic Radiology) 

Assistant Professor of Pathology- 
N europathology 



Assistant Professor of Radiology 
(Radiological Physics) 
Associate in Neurology 

B.S., Lynchburg; M.S., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Wake Forest. 



Ernest H. Yount (1948) 

A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Vanderbilt. 



Professor of Medicine 



31 



STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES 



Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
(General Library) 

Carlton P. West, A.B., A.M., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Technical Services 
Librarian. 

Minnie S. Kallam, B.A., B.S., in L.S., Reference Librarian 

Mrs. Dorothy M. Rowley, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian 

Mrs. Mary H. Day, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian 

Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Rare Books Librarian 

William K. Ach, A.B., B.S., in L.S., Microtext Librarian 

Mrs. Jeanette M. Smith, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Acquisitions Librarian 

Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian 

John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A., Director of the Baptist Collection 

James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog 
Librarian 

Mrs. Janet L. Flowers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Reference Librarian 



Library of the School of Law 
Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
Main Library and Allied Health Library 

Mrs. Erika Love, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Librarian 

Mrs. Jean Beavers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Public Services Librarian 

Mrs. Diane Butzin, B.S., M.S. in L.S., Special Projects Librarian 

Mrs. Barbara DeWeerd, A.B., M.S. in L.S., Interloan Librarian .- ., 

Mg> SvC L&B tt 3 ■ H5 .V (1.3, ctt.rzf- CffJ ffLBOr y* bfc &-&■( j* u 

Mrs. Yvonne Moossy, B.S., M.S. in L.S., Special Services Librarian 

Patricia Orrok, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Allied Health Librarian 

32 



COACHING STAFF 



G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed, North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Jessie I. Haddock (1954) Associate Director of Athletics and Golf Coach 

B.S., Wake Forest. 



Calvin C. Stoll (1969) 

B.A., Minnesota. 

John W. McCloskey (1966) 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania. 

Neil Johnston ( 1966) 

B.S., Ohio State. 

Harold C. Rhea (1968) 



Football Coach 

Basketball Coach 

Baseball Coach, Asst. Basketball Coach 



Track Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 
B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. 



Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas F. Harper (1969) 

B.A., M.A., Kentucky. 

Ronald Mills Stark (1969) 

B.S., M.A., Missouri State. 

Thomas Y. Moore (1969) 

B.A., Iowa State; M.S., Dayton. 

William J. Lewis (1969) 

B.S., East Stroudsburg State. 

Oval Lee Jaynes (1969) 

B.S., Appalachian. 

William Beattie Feathers (1961) 

B.S., Tennessee. 

Theodore Guthard (1969) 

B.S., M.A., Michigan State. 

Norman Parker (1969) 

B.S., M.A., Eastern Michigan. 

William A. Packer (1965) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) 

A.B., Presbyterian College. 

Robert T. Bartholomew (1969) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Lewis Martin (1958) 
Keith Tester (1969) 

B.S., Arkansas. 

Dal Lynch (1966) 



Swimming Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Freshman Football Coach 

Assistant Basketball Coach 

Tennis Coach 

Director of Deacon Club 

Trainer 
Business Manager of Athletics 

Athletic Equipment Manager- 



33 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

1970-71 

Effective September 1, 1970 

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on Au- 
gust 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chairman 
except where the chairman is designated. All members of a committee 
vote except as otherwise indicated. 

Admissions 

Non-voting. Director of Admissions, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean 

of Women. 

Voting. 1973 Noftle, Phillips; 1972 Olive, J. H. Smith; 1971 Earle, Hills. 

Advisory Council to Lower Division 

Waddill, Chairman; Angell, Baird, Barefield, Brehme, Broyles, Cage, 
Catron, Cook, Dimmick, Earle, Evans, Gossett, Hadley, C. V. Harris, 
Hayes, Hester, Himan, Hood, McDowell, J. G. May, W. G. May, Mit- 
chell, Noftle, Olive, Parker, Pollock, L. H. Potter, Raynor, Reeves, 
Roberts, P. S. Robinson, Sanders, Sears, Sinclair, J. H. Smith, Sullivan, 
Syme, Tefft, Trible, Webber, G. P. Williams, Wolfe, Woodmansee, Wyatt. 

Athletics 

Administrative: Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the 
College, Faculty Representative to ACC; 1975 Bryant, Christman, 1974 
Drake, Gay; 1973 Ellison, C. Richman; 1972 Burroughs, Hylton; 1971 
Catron, Yearns. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Administrative: Provost, Dean of the College, Treasurer, Registrar, Di- 
rector of the Physical Plant; 1975 Seelbinder, 1974 Cook, 1973 Tedford, 
1972 Allen, 1971 Angell. 

Curriculum 

Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, Registrar, 
and the chairman of each department of Wake Forest College as follows: 
Art, Biology, Business and Accountancy, Chemistry, Classical Languages, 
Economics, Education, English, German, History, Mathematics, Military 
Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Political 
Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance Languages, Sociology and An- 
thropology, Speech. 

34 



Committees 



Executive 



Non-Voting. Provost, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean of Students, 
Dean of Men, and Dean of Women. 

Voting. Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, and the fol- 
lowing faculty members: 1973, Brehme, Shaw; 1972 Fraser, Gossett; 1971 
Miller, Mitchell. 

Faculty Marshals 
1973 Pollock, 1972 Olive, 1971 Huber 

Graduate Council 

Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman; Provost, Coordinator of Grad- 
uate Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1974 Fosso, 1973 
Trible; 1972 Barnett; 1971 Cowgill, G. P. Williams; 1970 Beck. 

Honors 

Dean of the College, Coordinator of the Honors Program, 1974 Beck, 1973 
Fosso, 1972 Fleer, 1971 Waddill. 

Library Planning 

Regular. Director of Libraries, Librarian, 1973 Shorter, A. S. Tillett; 1972 
Covey, Talbert; 1971 Dimmick, PoUock. 

Occasional. Provost, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the College, 
Dean of the School of Business, Chairmen of all departments (as under 
Curriculum Committee above). 

Men's Judicial Board 

Non-voting. Dean of Students (or his designated representative) as secre- 
tary. 

Voting. 1973 Baxley, Helm; 1972 Hall, Woodmansee; 1971 Broyles; Fleer; 
and six students in Wake Forest College. 

Nominations 
1973 Brown, Cage; 1972 Preseren, Shields; 1971 Shirley, Smiley. 

Orientation 

Chairman of the Advisory Council to the Lower Division, Chairman; 
Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, 
President of the Student Government. 

Publications 

Dean of the College, Treasurer, Director of Communications; Faculty ad- 
visers of Old Gold and Black, Howler, and Student; 1973 Kenion, 1972 
Barefield, 1971 L. H. Potter. 

35 



Committees 



ROTC Board 



Coordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, 1973 Falkenberg, 1972 
Zuber, 1971 Hester. 

Scholarship and Student Aid 

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Assistant Dean of the College, 
Dean of Women and the following faculty members: 1973 McDowell, 
Richards; 1972 Hayes, Syme; 1971 Owen, G. P. Williams. 

Student Life 

Non-Voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of 

Women, Dean of Men, Chaplain. 

Voting. 1973 Moorhouse, Sanders, Sullivan; 1972 Crisp, Reeves, Rein- 

hardt; 1971 Himan, Wolfe, Zuber, and six students in Wake Forest 

College. 

Teacher Education 

Chairman of the Department of Education, Dean of the Graduate School, 
Dean of the College; 1973 Raynor, Rhea; 1972 Campbell, W. G. May; 

1971 Hendricks, J. C. McDonald. 

Traffic Commission 

Director of the Physical Plant; 1973 Andronica, Olive; 1972 Gulley, E. W. 
Hamrick; 1971 Barrow, Howard, and six students in Wake Forest College. 

University Senate 

President, Provost, Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the 
College, Dean of the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Admin- 
istration, Dean of the Graduate School, Director of Libraries, Director 
of Development, and the following: 

Representatives of Wake Forest College: 1973 Banks, Schoonmaker; 1972 
Barnett, Hills; 1971 Carter, Nowell; 1970 Turner, J. E. Williams. 
Representatives of the School of Law: 1973 Webster; 1971 Lee. 
Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1973 Rapela; 

1972 Prichard; 1971 Bo; 1970 Hayes. 

Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1973 Hylton; 
1971 Scott. 

Representatives of the Graduate School: 1973 L. R. Tillett; 1972 Shields; 
1971 Flory; 1970 Sulkin. 



36 



THE UNIVERSITY AND ITS EQUIPMENT 

Historical Sketch 

Historical Background. The history of the founding of Wake 
Forest College is inseparable from the history of the formation 
of the Baptist State Convention. One of the two main purposes 
which led to the organization of the convention in 1830 was to 
establish an educational institution that would give training 
under Christian influences and provide educated ministers and 
laymen. 

Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State Con- 
vention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the Convention, 
began an intensive four-year educational campaign among the 
Baptists of the State. Two years later, in 1832, the Convention 
purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles 
north of Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school. 

Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of a charter 
granted by the State Legislature in December 1833, the school 
was opened as Wake Forest Institute on February 3, 1834, with 
Dr. Wait as principal. Although the primary purpose was to 
give collegiate instruction in the arts and sciences, for five 
years the Wake Forest Institute operated as a manual labor 
school, attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of 
the State, who wished their sons to receive practical training in 
agriculture, along with education in the liberal arts. In 1836 
the enrollment had increased from the original 16 to 141. 

The College. The manual labor feature was abandoned at the 
close of the year 1838, and the institution was rechartered in 
December 1838 as Wake Forest College. 

With teachers who were graduates of Columbia College, 
Brown University, and Dartmouth College, and with a liberal 
arts curriculum that was standard for the time, Wake Forest 
College conferred the degree of Bachelor of Arts upon four 
young men in June 1839. 

From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively as a 
college of liberal arts; the School of Law was established in 
June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, the School of 
Business Administration in 1948, the Division of Evening 
Classes in 1957,* and the Division of Graduate Studies (now 
the Graduate School) in 1961. In 1942 the College became co- 
educational. 

* This Division was discontinued June 30, 1964. 

37 



Historical Sketch 



The College has given instruction to many thousands of stu- 
dents and has sent them into varied fields of service. Among 
these have been a large number of ministers, missionaries, 
lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, scientists, businessmen, 
farmers, and influential leaders in governmental affairs. From 
the beginning the College has made marked contributions to 
Christianity, to culture, and to a higher type of citizenship 
generally, in accordance with the original purpose of the found- 
ers of the institution. 

In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist State 
Convention accepted an offer made by the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation to give the College $350,000 annually in perpetuity 
for operation of the school on condition that it be moved to 
Winston-Salem and that other friends of the College provide a 
campus site and buildings. This decision was made three years 
after the College had undertaken an Enlargement Program to 
provide much needed buildings and other physical facilities on 
the old campus. 

The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary 
Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful Reynolda 
Estate for the new campus. Groundbreaking ceremonies were 
held on October 15, 1951, with the President of the United 
States delivering the principal address. The following spring 
actual construction began. Accompanying the construction was 
intensive fund-raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Founda- 
tion increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000. 
The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem took 
place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine of the College had been moved to Winston-Salem 
in 1941 when it received the resources of the Bowman Gray 
Foundation. 

Summer School opened on the new campus on June 18, 1956, 
the fall term on September 11 and formal dedication exercises 
were held on October 18. The old campus and buildings at Wake 
Forest were sold to the Southern Baptist Convention for use 
of the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary which now 
occupies the campus. 

The University 
By reason of the growth and development of the College, 
and because of the expansion of its program not only in its 

38 



Historical Sketch 



professional and graduate schools but also in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, the name of the College was changed to Wake 
Forest University, effective June 12, 1967. 

Administration and Instruction. The University is governed 
by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the North Carolina 
Baptist Convention. The Board has thiry-six members who 
serve four-year terms, with nine being chosen each year at the 
annual convention. 

During its history of 136 years the College has been headed by 
a total of eleven presidents, the administrations of four of these 
(Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. Charles E. Taylor, Dr. 
William Louis Poteat and Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin) covering 
a total of 88 years. The complete list of presidents,* with the 
dates of their administrations, follows: 

Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 

William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 

John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 

Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 

Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 

Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 

William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 

Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D 1927-30 

Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P 1930-50 

Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., 

Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-67 

James Ralph Scales, M.A., Ph.D 1967- 

The growth and progress of the College are due in no small 
degree to the leadership of its presidents! and to the faculty 
of instruction, many of whom have rendered distinguished ser- 
vice for 30 years or more. These include: Dr. William Bailey 
Royall, professor of Greek, 62 years; Dr. William Louis Poteat, 
Biology, 55 years; Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; 
Prof. Edgar W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren 
Gorrell, Modem Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill 
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 44 years; 
Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 43 years; Dr. W. 
R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years; Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biology, 36 

* During the years 1882-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of 
Greek) , served as chairman of the Faculty. 

t Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume History 
of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 

39 



Purposes and Objectives 



years. Dr. D. B. Bryan served as Professor of Education for 36 
years and Dean of the College for 34 years. Mr. Elliott B. Earn- 
shaw served as Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, seven- 
teen have served more than thirty years, including the following 
who became emeriti after serving thirty-five years or more: Prof. 
Hubert A. Jones taught Mathematics for 51 years; Dr. Henry 
Broadus Jones, English, 35 years; Dr. J. Allen Easley, Religion, 
35 years; Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathematics, 35 years; Dr. 
A. C. Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; Dr. Charles S. Black, Chem- 
istry, 41 years; Prof. Forrest W. Clonts, History, 44 years; and 
Dr. Coy C. Carpenter, Medicine, 41 years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor 
Crittenden retired in 1946 after 31 years as Librarian. In a 
word, the University has enlisted and retained throughout their 
teaching careers men who have devoted themselves to the Uni- 
versity and to its ideals of culture and Christian leadership. 



Purposes and Objectives 

As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention 
of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its 
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to 
help its students become mature, well-informed and responsible 
persons. It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural 
heritage of our times, through a broad study of the humanities, 
the natural and social sciences and mathematics, and through 
a concentration in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to 
develop in its students the ability to think honestly and clearly, 
to use the English language correctly, and to use at least one 
foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist its students in 
building a system of values which takes full account of the 
things of the spirit as well as things material that they may 
become constructive and useful members of society. Finally, 
it seeks to aid its students in achieving for themselves a vital 
and relevant faith. 

These purposes underlie the total academic program of the 
University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its 
students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, 
business, research, and other professions. 

40 



Endowment 



Religious Program 

Wake Forest was founded as a result of a religious concern for 
education and missions. That same concern means in part that 
the University undertakes to help individual students become 
authentic, whole persons. 

The religious program seeks to clarify the Christian style of 
life and indicate its cohesion with academic excellence. There 
are twice-weekly worship services, student meetings, and lec- 
tures by faculty and visiting speakers. All such programs, in- 
cluding the weekly worship services, are voluntary. These pro- 
grams are planned by the faculty convocation committee and co- 
ordinated by the Chaplain's office. 

The Chaplain coordinates denominational and interdenomi- 
national programs including discussions and projects designed 
to provide specific opportunities for students to express their 
religious concerns. The year's activities begin with a pre-school 
retreat for all students under the guidance of campus ministers 
who represent the major denominations. Whereas some of them 
have responsibilities at other colleges in Winston-Salem, all of 
them undertake a personal ministry to Wake Forest students 
and encourage them to take advantage of the religious oppor- 
tunities provided by churches in Winston-Salem. 

The Wake Forest Baptist Church is at worship each Sunday 
in Wait Chapel. Its constituency embraces students, faculty, ad- 
ministration, and people from the city of Winston-Salem. This 
relationship between the University and the campus church has 
existed for many years. Although planted in the soil of Baptist 
tradition and associated with larger Baptist bodies, the Wake 
Forest Church has embraced and contributed to the growing 
ecumenism of the University. Its membership and mission are 
open to all who may seek its ministry and may wish to use it as 
an instrument for their mission to the world. 

Endowment, Trust Funds and Foundations 

In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest University 
was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. Under the 
terms of the will of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, the endowment 
was increased, in 1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000. 

41 



Endowment 

On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman Gray Founda- 
tion were awarded to Wake Forest College, to be used exclu- 
sively by the School of Medicine. 

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins 
of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, the George 
Foster Hankins Foundation was established, the income to be 
used for scholarships. The assets of the Foundation on June 30, 
1969, were approximately $1,500,000. 

The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endow- 
ment of the College, the sum of $680,500 for the School of Arts 
and Sciences and $1,600,000 for the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. 

The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, in 1958 
and 1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an endowment with the 
total value of approximately $1,500,000. In 1965 the College 
received an additional gift of land on which a plant of the 
Western Electric Company is located. This gift, valued at 
$3,500,000, is to be used for the support of the Library and the 
Chair of Botany. In December, 1969, an endowment in the 
amount of $2,000,000 was received from the Foundation for the 
use and benefit of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business 
Administration. 

In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1,000,000, the income 
from which is to be used to support the Library, was received 
from Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. 

From the estate of the late Guy T. Carswell, who died in 
1966, the University received the Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell 
Scholarship Fund. Investments in this fund were approximately 
$2,000,000 at June 30, 1969. 

On June 30, 1969 all endowment funds controlled by the 
University had a book value of $22,484,000 and market value 
of $40,083,000. 

In addition to the endowment funds controlled by the 
Trustees, various trust funds are held by banks for the benefit 
of the University. Among these are the James A. Gray Trust 
Fund, the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund, and the Lucy Teague 
Fassett Memorial Trust Fund. 



42 



Academic Buildings 



The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc. 
and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a con- 
tract on November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made 
available to the College income of the Foundation up to 
$350,000 per year in perpetuity, this sum being increased to 
$500,000 in 1955. In 1965, the Foundation announced a match- 
ing grant of $3,000,000 for a period of four years. Upon reaching 
this goal, the Foundation increased the annual grant to $620,000 
in 1968, and also announced an additional $150,000 per year 
for five years. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Wake Forest University is situated on approximately 320 
acres of land, and the physical plant consists of 30 buildings, 
including 12 apartment buildings for faculty and married stu- 
dents. The property was given to the University by the Mary 
Reynolds Babcock Foundation and Mr. Charles H. Babcock, 
and construction of the new campus was begun in 1952. It 
was occupied for the first time during the 1956 summer session. 
The buildings are of modified Georgian architecture and con- 
structed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone. 
Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is one 
of the most attractive in the South. 

The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and 
including Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda 
Gardens, is adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract 
includes a formal garden, greenhouses, parking areas, a lake, 
and a wooded area with trails. The formal garden features one 
of the finest collections of Japanese cherry trees in the United 
States. This area of natural beauty was a gift to the College 
from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through transfers 
made in 1958, 1961, and 1963. 

Academic Buildings 
Wait Chapel. Named in memory of the first President of 
Wake Forest College, Wait Chapel faces toward the south over- 
looking the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and 
men's dormitories at right and left. 

Wingate Hall. This building is attached to Wait Chapel and 
is used by the Departments of Music and Religion and Wake 
Forest Baptist Church. Wingate Hall is named in honor of 

43 



Academic Buildings 



Washington Manly Wingate, President of Wake Forest College, 
1854-1879. 

Reynolda Hall. This building serves both as an administra- 
tion building and a student center. Food services are centralized 
in Reynolda Hall and consist of a cafeteria, snack shop, banquet 
room, the Magnolia Room, and other smaller dining rooms. The 
University Computer Center is located in the basement. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of 
the academic campus, this building contains space for eight 
tiers of book stacks, with a capacity of about one million 
volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms 
for reading, reference, and various other uses of a modern 
library. The University Theatre is located on the top level of 
the Library. 

Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three-story 
building contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices for the 
Departments of Chemistry and Physics. 

Winston Hall. Located just west of Salem Hall, this building 
was occupied in September 1961. It provides instructional and 
office space for the Departments of Biology and Psychology. 

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Rey- 
nolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for 
instruction in physical education, courts for basketball and 
other indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the Depart- 
ment of Physical Education and the Department of Athletics. 
Surrounding the Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for 
tennis, track, soccer, football, and field hockey. Memorial Coli- 
seum is used for intercollegiate basketball games. The Depart- 
ment of Military Science is also housed in this building. 

Law Building. This is a four-story structure which contains 
classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library, 
a student lounge, and other specific use rooms. 

Harold W. Tribble Hall. This building accommodates the 
social sciences and the humanities and contains instructional 
and office space, a small projection theatre, the philosophy 
library, a curriculum materials center, the Honors seminar room, 
and a main lecture room which seats 200. 

44 



Student Residences 



Charles H. Babcock Business Building. Occupied in Septem- 
ber 1969, this building contains offices and classrooms for the 
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration and the 
Department of Mathematics. This building contains a variety 
of instructional spaces, including amphitheatres, seminar rooms, 
a reading room, and a faculty seminar lounge. All classrooms are 
equipped for full audio-visual use. 



Student Residences 

Housing for Men. Bordering the plaza are four quadrangles 
of houses for men with accommodations for 1500 students. The 
houses are named in honor of Charles Elisha Taylor, William 
Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna Kitchin, former Presidents 
of Wake Forest College, and Egbert Lawrence Davis, a bene- 
factor of the College. Connecting Poteat and Taylor Houses 
with the Chapel are Efird Hall and Huffman Hall, named in 
honor of J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and Frank Huffman of Mor- 
ganton, respectively. Facing the plaza are a number of com- 
mercial shops, including a branch post office and the College 
Book Store. 

Dormitories for Women. Three dormitories for women are 
located on the south end of the campus facing Reynolda Hall. 
These are named in honor of Jabez A. Bostwick, one of the 
early benefactors of the College, Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean 
of Women, and Mary Reynolds Babcock. Mrs. Babcock and her 
husband, the late Charles H. Babcock, were among the chief 
benefactors of the College. 

The Power Plant. This building is located on a lower level 
northwest of the athletic fields and is connected by tunnels 
with all buildings on the campus. Modern in design, it furnishes 
heat and hot water for all buildings and is the basis for the air 
conditioning system installed in several facilities. 

The Maintenance Building. Located next to the Power Plant, 
this houses offices and equipment for buildings, grounds, and 
maintenance. 

45 



Libraries 

Libraries 

In its libraries the University holds 368,273 printed volumes, 
distributed as follows: the Z. Smith Reynolds Library (general), 
276,039; the Library of the School of Law, 38,556; and the 
Libraries of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 53,678. In- 
cluded are 39,932 volumes of United States Government docu- 
ments, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library being an official, although 
selective, depository. A rapidly growing microtext collection is 
maintained: there are 10,618 reels of microfilm, including runs 
of local, national, and foreign newspapers; and 98,478 pieces 
of microprint, which include substantial items like the British 
Parliamentary Papers and the Human Relations Area File. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides adequate support 
for a liberal arts curriculum and a limited, although expanding, 
graduate program. Moderate emphasis has been placed on North 
Carolina and Southeastern materials; and a Baptist Collection, 
now containing more than 7,000 items which include files of 
Baptist serials and individual church records, is maintained. 

The Library enjoys the income from an endowment fund of 
about $4,500,000, the result of two major gifts: a donation of 
assets worth $3,500,000 by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda- 
tion in 1965; and a gift of $1,000,000 made in 1967 by Mrs. 
Nancy Reynolds. The income is applied more particularly to the 
expansion of the book stock as a support for graduate studies, 
although a part was used initially for certain changes and addi- 
tions in the Library building. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library is in the later stages of 
reclassifying its collection according to the Library of Congress 
schedules, a change which is producing a better arrangement 
of books and an acceleration of book processing. An open-stack 
policy enables users to consult books directly at the shelves, 
and copying facilities are available at nominal cost. Current 
issues and bound volumes of periodicals in chemistry and 
physics are shelved in Salem Hall for convenience in laboratory 
research. 

Other gifts have enriched the University library collections. 
Mr. Tracy McGregor provided a collection of valuable titles on 

46 



Libraries 

the colonial and early national periods of American history. 
To acquire important editions of Edmund Spenser and related 
background material, a contribution was made by Dr. Charles 
G. Smith of Baylor University in honor of his wife, Cornelia 
Marschall Smith. Dr. Herman Harrell Home established a fund 
for the purchase of titles of a general nature. 

Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh bequeathed to the Univer- 
sity his personal library of about 7,000 volumes, rich in first 
editions; while a bequest from his brother, Oscar T. Smith of 
Baltimore, affords additional purchases of similar volumes. 

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 1950 by 
Dr. George W. Paschal Jr., 1927, Raleigh surgeon, in recogni- 
tion of the interest in the Library manifested by his father, 
George Washington Paschal, and also in memory of his father's 
twin brother, Robert Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly 
enlarged and, although heterogeneous in nature, primarily con- 
tains material relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder 
of the Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the 
Library. While this collection is principally supported by the 
donor, it has also received and welcomes contributions from 
interested friends. A special bookplate is used for items acquired 
for the Collection. 

The Library of the School of Law contains 38,556 volumes, 
including the reports, digests, and statutes required by the 
American Association of Law Schools, together with the leading 
periodicals, encyclopedias, and textbooks. 

The Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine is a 
collection of 53,678 volumes containing the periodicals, texts, 
and monographs necessary to instruction and research in 
medical theory and practice. 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses carefully selected 
books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although 
not supported by library funds, but by an endowment given 
by Dr. B. W. Spilman and by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, 
it forms a valuable part of the book resources of the University. 

The Library of the Military Science Department, located in 
the Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books 
and periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving 

47 



The Piedmont University Center 



the United States, the material covers such subjects as com- 
munism, the "Cold War", counterinsurgency, and anti-guerrilla 
warfare, as well as foreign policy, nuclear warfare, and space 
activities. 



Art Museum 

The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. Simmons 
Collection, presented to the College by the late Dr. Thomas 
Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., and formally opened to 
the public on June 2, 1941. Including some additions, there 
are about sixty paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, 
five pieces of sculpture, and several other art objects in the 
collection. 

The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from 
the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 
1960 by two paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three 
by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are 
hung in public areas of various buildings on the campus. 



The Piedmont University Center 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Piedmont Uni- 
versity Center of North Carolina, Incorporated, founded in 
March 1963 as a coordinating agency in the field of higher 
education. Center membership includes twenty liberal arts 
colleges and universities located chiefly in the Piedmont area 
of North Carolina. From the first months of its existence the 
Center's headquarters have been located at Reynolda House 
in Winston-Salem. The Center is headed by an Executive Direc- 
tor, and its Board of Directors consists of the Presidents of the 
twenty member institutions. 

Through programs of interinstitutional cooperation, the Cen- 
ter seeks to assist its member colleges (a) to enrich and expand 
their present educational programs; (b) to increase the effec- 
tiveness of certain services, such as library and audio-visual, and 
(c) to achieve greater economy in the total business operation. 

48 



ADMISSION 

A candidate for undergraduate admission to Wake Forest 
University must furnish testimonials of good moral character, 
must present evidences of educational achievement represented 
by graduation from an accredited public high school or an 
accredited private secondary school, and must present a score 
(senior year preferred) on the Scholastic Aptitude (Morning) 
Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. The record of 
the work done by the applicant in high school or in a private 
secondary school and the recommendations of the school official 
must be sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake 
Forest College (division of arts and sciences) by an official of 
the school, and the test scores must be sent from the test 
center. They may not be submitted by the applicant. 

Information about the times and places at which the College 
Board test may be taken and an application for taking the test 
may be secured from the high school or from College Entrance 
Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 

Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's academic 
records, scores on tests, and evidences of character, purpose in 
life, and general fitness for college life. The University reserves 
the right to reject any application without explanation. 

An applicant for admission who has attended another college 
must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish 
a certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is 
eligible in all respects to re-enter the college last attended, and 
must have an overall average of at least C on all college work 
attempted.* These are minimum requirements for consideration. 

The applicant should fill out and return as early as practical 
the student's part of the application, and should then give to 
the high school principal, superintendent, or other appropriate 
school official the other parts to be completed and sent to the 
Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College for the attention 
of the Committee on Admissions. 

An application fee of $10.00 to cover the cost of processing 
the application is required. This should accompany the appli- 
cation and will not be applied to later charges or refunded, in 



- Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has attended 
more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College. 

49 



Admission 

the event of failure to be admitted or of cancellation of the 
application. 

If possible, the completed application should be sent at least 
eight months prior to the date on which the applicant hopes to 
enroll in Wake Forest College, but not before September 15 
of the applicant's senior year in high school. Except in case 
of emergency, the final date for making application for the 
spring semester is January 15; for the fall semester, August 15. 

The minimum prescribed requirements for admission to all 
degrees are as follows: 

English 4 units 

One Foreign Language 2 units 

History (Social Studies) 2 units 

Mathematics: 

Algebra IV2 or 2 units 

Geometry 1 unit 

Electives to bring the total to 16 units 

A student who is admitted from another college before fully 
meeting the minimum prescribed requirements outlined above 
for entering freshmen must remove the entrance conditions 
during the first year at Wake Forest. 

When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for 
admission or readmission to Wake Forest College, an admis- 
sion deposit of $50.00 must be sent to the Director of Admissions 
of Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after the 
notice of acceptance is mailed. (Make checks payable to Wake 
Forest University.) Failure to pay this deposit within three 
weeks will be considered as indicating that the applicant does 
not intend to enter Wake Forest College. This deposit will be 
credited toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refunded, 
if the application for admission or re-admission is cancelled by 
the applicant and a written request for refund is received by 
the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later 
than June 1 for the fall semester or November 1 for the spring 
semester. Refunds will not be made after these dates. 

If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission after 
June 1 for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring 
semester, the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the 
date of acceptance. Deposits made after June 1 and November 
1 are not refundable. 

50 



Advanced Placement 



No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll 
for the summer session only. 

The Early Decision Plan 

This plan is available to well qualified high school students 
who at the close of their junior years have definitely decided 
that their first choice college is Wake Forest. An Early Decision 
Agreement is required with each application. 

The application for early decision must be filed by October 
1 of the applicant's senior year in high school. It must include 
the high school record through the junior year, scores on the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination 
Board and scores on three achievement tests: (1) English Com- 
position, (2) Mathematics or foreign language, (3) one to be 
chosen by the applicant. Preferably, these tests should be taken 
in March or May of the junior year. 

In early November, the Committee on Admissions will make 
decisions on completed applications. If an applicant is accepted, 
the required deposit must be paid not later than January 1. 
Those not admitted by early decision will be asked to submit a 
senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and the first semes- 
ter's grades of their senior year, or they will be advised to apply 
elsewhere. 

Advanced Placement 

Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work done 
in high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of 
Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance 
Examination Board and such pertinent supplementary infor- 
mation as may be available. 

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced standing may 
receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the 
authorization of the department concerned. For the purposes 
of computing quality point ratios, etc., credit gained by ad- 
vanced standing examination is treated as credit transferred to 
Wake Forest College from another college. 

Admission to Advanced Standing 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges 
are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by 

51 



Advanced Standing 



the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, how- 
ever, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the curriculum 
of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for advanced stand- 
ing are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one term 
in residence. The minimum residence requirement for a bacca- 
laureate degree is two academic years — the senior year and 
one other. 



52 



UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL 
ARRANGEMENTS 

Statements in this Bulletin concerning expenses are not to be 
regarded as forming an irrevocable contract between the student 
and the University. The University reserves the right to change 
without notice the cost of instruction at any time within the 
student's term of residence. 

Charges are due in full not later than the date of registration. 
Information concerning payment will be sent to all students 
prior to the beginning of each semester. 

Faculty regulations require that a student's University ac- 
count must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his 
grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register for 
the succeeding semester. 

Wake Forest College and School of Business 
Administration 

Charges for the Regular School Year 

MEN Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $775 $1,550 

Activity Fee 1 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 2 130- 155 260- 310 

$980-$l,030 $l,960-$2,060 

WOMEN Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $775 $1,550 

Activity Fee 1 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 2 140- 165 280- 330 

$990-$l,040 $l,980-$2,080 

Deduct admission and reservation deposit from above charges. See 
pages 54 and 55. 



1 Part-time students (those enrolled for fewer than 12 semester hours) are charged $60.00 
per semester hour, but do not pay the activity fee. Part-time students are not entitled to 
claim the designated scholarships listed on page 65, nor are they granted free admission to 
athletic contests, free receipt of publications or infirmary services. 

2 In addition to the double rooms, there are a limited number of single rooms that rent 
for $25.00 more a semester and a limited number of triple rooms for men that rent for 
$35.00 less than a double room. 

53 



Charges 

The activity fee covers such items as would normally require 
the payment of a fee, namely, libraries, laboratories, admission 
to all intercollegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest Univer- 
sity, and to certain student activities, including religious and 
dramatic organizations, the College Union, cost of student pub- 
lications, Old Gold and Black, The Student, and The Howler. 
It further provides for the attendance of the University phy- 
sician and nurses in the University hospital. 

A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are 
located in Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually 
or under an optional board plan. The approximate yearly cost 
individually is $600-$700. Contractual board plan reduces cost 
by about one-third. 

Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store, 
located on the campus. The approximate yearly cost is $100. 

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry operated by a 
Winston-Salem firm is located on campus. 

Other College Charges 

Admission Application Fee. Required with each application 
for admission to cover cost of processing. Non-refundable. 
$10.00. 

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for 
the first time, or re-entering after a period of non-attendance. 
Must be sent to the Director of Admissions within three weeks 
after acceptance for admission or re-admission. The deposit is 
credited to the student's University charges for the semester for 
which he has been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the 
Director of Admissions is notified in writing prior to June 1 for 
the fall semester and November 1 for the spring semester, of 
cancellation of plans to enter. $50.00. 

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students 
enrolling for individual or class study in applied music as de- 
scribed in the offering of the Department of Music. Payable in 
the Treasurer's office. Fees per semester range from $30.00 to 
$80.00 for class instruction of one hour per week. Practice fees 
are from $5.00 to $14.00. 

54 



Charges 

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for 
damages to his room or university property in accordance with 
Dormitory Rule 4. Appeal may be made to the Board of Dormi- 
tory Damage Appeals. 

Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are candidates 
for degrees. $15.00. 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. The student is charged when 
confined to the University Hospital. An additional charge is 
made for special services and expensive drugs. University Hos- 
pital charges range from $20.00 to $30.00 a day. 

Since most insurance companies do not cover admissions to a 
university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange 
for the student insurance which covers these charges. The stu- 
dent insurance premium is usually under $35.00 per year. 

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormitory 
room. Refunded when key is returned. $3.00. 

Late Registration Fee. Charged to students registering after 
the dates set by the faculty. $10.00. 

Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books and for 
violation of other Library regulations. Payable in the Library. 

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester 
who expect to return for the next regular session beginning in 
September are required to pay a reservation deposit at a date 
set by the Treasurer. It is credited to the student's University 
charges and will be refunded under the same conditions specified 
for the admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if 
requested prior to June 30. $50.00. 

Room Change Fees. $5.00 is charged for authorized room 
changes made after October 1 in the fall semester, after Feb- 
ruary 15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20.00 for any un- 
authorized change. 

ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled in ROTC 
before equipment may be issued to him. Refunded at the end of 
the school year, less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear 
excepted, and a $2.00 assessment for the Military Ball. $20.00. 

Special Examination. Required for each special examination 
taken to remove a course condition. $2.50. 

55 



Charges 

Student Apartment Rental. Paid monthly at $60.00 per 
month. 

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking 
regulations, copies of which are obtainable from the Traffic office. 
May be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Vehicle 
Registration $10.00. Illegal parking $2.00 each violation. 

Trailer Park Rental. Paid each semester at the rate of $30.00. 

record are issued for him. 



Transcripts. Copies of a student's record a 
irst copy free, additional copies $1.00 each. 



Charges for the Summer Session 



A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of 
each year and may be obtained by writing the Dean of the 
Summer Session, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C. 
27109. This bulletin should be consulted for detailed infor- 
mation. All charges are due and payable at registration. 



First Second 

Session Session Total 

Summer School Fee 1 $120.00 2 $120.00 2 $240.00 

Dormitory Room Rental 30.00 30.00 60.00 



TOTAL $150.00 $150.00 $300.00 



Law, Medicine and Graduate Schools 

Bulletins for these schools should be consulted for informa- 
tion as to expenses. Requests for the bulletins should be ad- 
dressed to the appropriate Dean, Wake Forest University, Win- 
ston-Salem, N. C. 



1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of 
$20.00 per semester hour plus a $5.00 registration fee. 

2 No scholarships are available in the summer session, except that the charge to public 
school teachers is $95.00 per session when duly "authorized by the Dean of the Summer 
Session. 

56 



Housing 



Withdrawal 



Students withdrawing must follow the procedure set forth 
on page 81 and must present their identification cards to the 
Treasurer before any claim for refund may be considered. No 
refund of dormitory room rent is made. Refund of tuition and 
activity fee is made according to the following table: 

Percentage of Total Tuition 
Number of Weeks and Activity Fee 

Attendance* to be Refunded 

1 Total tuition less $50 



2 85% 

3 70% 

4 55% 

5 40% 

6 25% 

7 10% 

Food Services 

Four types of food service are available to students at Wake 
Forest University — cafeteria, grill, table service, and special 
dining service for small parties. The cafeteria menus feature 
multiple choices planned and supervised by a trained home 
economist. The grill, located adjacent to the east lounge, oper- 
ates until 10:30 p.m., and is a favorite spot for students to 
gather. Table service is provided in the Magnolia Room and 
gives the students a quiet place to enjoy eating with a menu of 
greater variety, as well as foods prepared to order. Buffets are 
served in the Magnolia Room each Wednesday noon, Thurs- 
day evening, and Sunday noon. 

Housing 

All unmarried undergraduate students who do not live in or 
near Winston-Salem with their parents must live in University 
residences unless off-campus permission is given in writing by 
the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. 

Housing for Married Students 
An apartment building containing 56 apartments is located 



* Counting from the first day of registration and fractions of a week to count as a full 
week. 

57 



Housing Regulations 



oh the northwest edge of the campus. A trailer park containing 
55 spaces is located on the east side of the campus. Apartments 
and trailer spaces are available only to bona fide students of 
Wake Forest University. 

Applications for either apartments or trailer spaces should be 
directed to the Director of Residences. Assignments are made 
on the basis of priorities established by the date of application, 
and a lease is executed by the student and the University. 

Housing for Men 1 

The semestral charge for double occupancy is $155.00 per 
student, due and payable at registration and may not be de- 
ferred. The charge for a single room is $180.00 per semester 
and for a double room occupied as a single room $205.00 per 
semester. When three persons occupy a room, the charge is 
$120.00 per person per semester. Room rental is not refunded 
upon withdrawal. Room assignments are made by the Dean 
of Men. 

Housing for Women 1 

Married women students are not ordinarily permitted to live 
in the dormitories. Single women students in the professional 
school may live in quarters approved by the Dean of Women. 

The assignment of rooms is made to women students after 
admission requirements have been satisfied. Notification of 
assignments is made in the summer preceding the opening of 
the session in September. 

The semester charge is $165.00 per student, due and payable 
at registration and may not be deferred. The charge for a 
single room is $190.00 per semester and for a double room 
occupied as a single room $215.00 per semester. Room rental 
is not refunded upon withdrawal. 

Housing Regulations 

Details of regulations and conditions governing occupancy of 
University housing are found in the Student Handbook. 



1 See footnote number 2 on page 53. 

58 



SCHOLARSHIPS, LOAN FUNDS 
AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must 
be approved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student 
Aid of Wake Forest College (division of arts and sciences). 
The Committee requires that applications for financial aid be 
made on forms obtainable by addressing the Committee at 
Box 7305, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 

Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not 
granted to students enrolled in the professional schools of law 
and medicine. 

To receive consideration for a scholarship the applicant must 
either be a registered, fulltime student in Wake Forest College 
or have been accepted for admission. 

Need is a factor in the award of virtually all financial aid, 
and each applicant must file a financial statement as part 
of his application for financial aid. 

The Committee reserves the right to revoke any financial aid 
for unworthy achievement. 

No financial aid is automatically renewable. Application must 
be made each year. 

Applicants should submit applications sufficiently early so 
that final action will have been taken before the beginning of 
the school year. 

Special regulations govern the use of the Ministerial Aid 
Fund. 

Scholarships 

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the Kappa 
Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National Service Fratern- 
ity, this scholarship is available to a male freshman student 
who presents evidence of need and an excellent high school 
record. A minimum of $200.00 is available. 

Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship. Donated by the late Junius 
Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife, 
Eliza Pratt Brown, the fund shall be used to assist needy, 
worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with pre- 
ference being given to students from the town of Madison and 
Rockingham County. The maximum value is $1,200. 

59 



Scholarships 



Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Burlington 
Industries Foundation, this scholarship is available to one 
who has junior standing, has done all previous work at Wake 
Forest and has an average of 3.0 or better. Leadership, scholar- 
ship, and need are considered in making the award. The value 
of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this amount avail- 
able in each of the junior and senior years. 

The J. G.i. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund 
donated in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate 
Professor of Mathematics. The award will be made to some 
deserving athlete who is not on a regular athletic scholarship. 
The value of this scholarship is approximately $100. 

Guy T. Carswell Scholarships. This scholarship program was 
made possible by and established in honor of the late Guy T. 
Carswell and his wife, Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North 
Carolina. The scholarships carry an annual value ranging from 
a minimum stipend of $1,000 to a maximum stipend of $3,200. 
Awards for more than $1,000 will be determined on the basis of 
need. A Carswell scholar may be any student applying to Wake 
Forest College who possesses outstanding qualities of intel- 
lect and leadership. Up to twenty-five scholars will be selected 
by the Committee annually. 

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of 
$100 to $1,550 each, are available to freshmen and upperclass- 
men presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of 
need. 

Devotion Foundation Scholarship. Donated by the Devotion 
Foundation, this scholarship is to be used for those needy stu- 
dents who have a keen interest in and high aptitude for the 
subject of mathematics and its related interests. The value of 
this scholarship is up to $2,000. 

Educational Opportunity Grants. These scholarships are 
available to a limited number of undergraduate students with 
exceptional financial need who require these grants to attend 
college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic 
or creative promise. Grants will range from $200 to $1000 a 
year, and can be no more than one-half of the total assistance 
given the student. The amount of financial assistance a student 

60 



Scholarships 

may receive depends upon his need — taking into account his 
financial resources, those of his parents, and the cost of attend- 
ing the college of his choice. 

Ernst & Ernst Scholarship. Ernst & Ernst, Certified Public 
Accountants, present to an outstanding accounting major an 
Accounting Achievement Award. The award is in the amount of 
$500. The recipient for this award will be designated by the ac- 
counting faculty. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. Donated 
by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in 
memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton. One scholarship is 
available to a student who may be a freshman, sophomore, or 
junior, and whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist 
Association of North Carolina with preference to Bertie County 
students, on the basis of need and ability. If no qualified appli- 
cant appears from the West Chowan Association, then residents 
of the Roanoke Association may be considered. The scholarship 
is renewable on the basis of need and ability for all school years 
except the senior year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- 
mately $200. 

James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in 
memory of her husband, James W. Gill. The fund provides a 
scholarship for a deserving student, with preference to students 
from Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland. 
The value of this scholarship is approximately $600. 

Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will of the 
late Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina, in 
memory of Fuller Hamrick. The income from this fund shall 
be used to educate boys and girls from The Mills Home in 
Thomasville, North Carolina. Value of this scholarship is ap- 
proximately $500. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These 
scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel George 
Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants must be residents 
of North Carolina or children of Wake Forest alumni residing 
in other states. Preference will be given to residents of Davidson 
County, North Carolina. Only high school seniors are eligible 
to compete and must request the necessary application forms 
before December 1 of their senior year. The value of these 
scholarships will range up to $2,700. 

61 



Scholarships 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upperclassmen. Up- 
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However, 
they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at 
least one semester before they may apply as upperclassmen. 
Applications must be on file with the Scholarships Committee 
no later than May 1 of each year for the following school year, 
and preference will be given to applicants from Davidson 
County, North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary 
according to the student's need as determined from the financial 
statement required to be submitted with his application. 

Frank P. Hob good Scholarship. This scholarship, donated by 
Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory 
of her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis 
of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference 
being given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious 
work, become teachers, or become lawyers, the perference being 
in the order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the 
city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must 
be recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of 
Reidsville. The value of this scholarship is $500. 

Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available each 
year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of the North 
Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the amount of $150. 
The recipient must rank in the upper one-fourth of the junior 
college graduating class. Awarded only on the recommendation 
of the president of the junior college. 

Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the Interfra- 
ternity Council in memory of the late Thurman D. Kitchin, 
President of Wake Forest College from 1930 to 1950, it is avail- 
able to a male freshman student presenting a high school record 
of superior grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholar- 
ship is approximately $300. 

Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Thane 
McDonald and friends in memory of his wife. The income from 
this fund is available to a deserving and qualified music student. 
The value is approximately $125.00 per year. 

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of 
Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his parents, John 
A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholarships are available in 

62 



Scholarships 



the amount of $200 each to "deserving and promising students 
desiring to attend Wake Forest College and needing financial 
assistance." 

Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship. This fund was 
donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in 
memory of her husband. One full scholarship shall be awarded 
in each school year on the basis of both ability and need. It 
may be renewed for succeeding years. 

Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North 
Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the terms of the will 
of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina, 
this fund make two or more scholarships available each year in 
memory of Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded 
by the college on the basis of merit and need with preference 
to North Carolina Baptist students. 

William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be 
awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges 
in North Carolina. Each scholarship will range up to $500 
depending on need as determined from a financial statement 
submitted by each applicant with the application. It may be 
remewed for the senior year. 

Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund. 
Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe 
County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per 
year to one person preparing for the ministry or full-time 
religious work. 

Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory 
of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents 
of Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid 
would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. Pref- 
erence will be given to men. Four scholarships of $500 each are 
awarded. 

A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen 
and Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an out- 
standing upper division accounting major an annual tuition 
scholarship of $600. The recipient, to be designated by the ac- 
counting faculty, is selected on the basis of merit, financial need, 
and interest in public accounting. 

63 



Scholarships 



ROTC Scholarship. Two, three and four-year ROTC scholar- 
ships are available to students who are motivated toward the 
Army. Applications for four-year scholarships are submitted by 
high school seniors in the late fall to the Commanding General 
of their respective Army area. ROTC freshmen and sophomores 
at the University apply to the Professor of Military Science for 
two-year and three-year scholarships. Each scholarship recipient 
commits himself by contract to a special military obligation and 
receives full tuition, fees, books and classroom materials for the 
regular school year, and a subsistence allowance of $50 per 
month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. Once 
awarded, scholarships remain in effect throughout the contract 
period subject to satisfactory academic and ROTC performance. 

The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholar- 
ship. Donated by Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes 
in memory of their father and mother. One scholarship will 
be awarded each year on the basis of Christian character, 
academic proficiency, and financial need. Preference will be 
given to freshmen from the State of North Carolina. It may be 
renewable each year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- 
mately $400. 

Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western Elec- 
tric Fund, this scholarship may be awarded to an undergraduate 
on the basis of leadership, scholastic attainment, and financial 
need. Value, up to $1,200. 

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the 
late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this 
fund provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1,200 per year. 
Preference will be given to deserving students of Union County. 

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of 
Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late 
Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman 
scholarship each year ranging from $200 to $600. 

William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This fund 
was donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, Jr., of Raleigh, 
North Carolina, in memory of their late son, William Luther 
Wyatt, III. The purpose of this fund is to award one or more 
scholarships in each school year to a student, preferably to a 

64 



Loan Funds 

male student entering the junior year, who has shown an 
interest and an ability in the field of biology. The award shall 
be based on both the need and the ability of the student. The 
value of this scholarship is approximately $500. 

Designated Scholarships for: 

Ministerial Students. Granted on the following conditions: 
(1) Written recommendation or license to preach authorized 
by the applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the 
applicant of an agreement to pay the amount of the scholarship, 
with interest, in the event that he does not serve five years 
in the pastoral ministry within twevle years from the last date 
of attendance at Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the 
event of death. Value, up to $300.00. 

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make 
their living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150.00. 

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handicapped 
students who have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval 
from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehibilitation, 
Raleigh, and (2) filed application for the scholarship. Value, 
up to $300.00. 

Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in Wake 
Forest University for not more than four school years or the 
equivalent. Becomes void if the husband ceases to be enrolled. 
Value, up to $150.00. 

Loan Funds 

James E. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan. 
Established by Mary Z. Bryan, in 1953, as a memorial to her 
husband and administered by the College Foundation, Inc., in 
Raleigh. North Carolina students may borrow up to $1,000.00 
per academic year. 

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945 
with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana 
Dam, North Carolina, for needy students. 

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of 
Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students. 

65 



Loan Funds 

James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was originated 
by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina, 
in 1875, and is available to qualified students after at least one 
semester's work in the University. Preference is given to stu- 
dents from North Carolina. The amount available does not 
exceed $800 each year and $2,400 during the entire period of 
enrollment. 

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will 
of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in 
memory of her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy 
students. 

Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in 
1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous 
and is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. 

Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board 
of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late 
E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College. 

Friendly Student Loan Fund. This fund was established in 
1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 
memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the 
benefit of worthy students who need financial aid. 

Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and Mrs. 
Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James Grover Carroll, 
Associate Professor of Mathematics at Wake Forest College, 
the sum of $1,000 is available, the principal and interest of 
which may be loaned at 4% interest to worthy students who 
would otherwise be unable to completely finance a college 
education. 

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the 
will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, 
North Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from 
Davidson County, North CaroJina. 

Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P. 
Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife, 
Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, 
for students who have demonstrated ability to apply educa- 
tional advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater 

66 



Loan Funds 

Christian service in life and whose circumstances require 
financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their edu- 
cational program. 

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Established 
in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville, 
North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son. 
The loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine who are preparing to become 
medical missionaries. 

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942 
by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory 
of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by the donor 
and the college. 

The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund, 
created under the National Defense Education Act of 1958, 
makes available loans up to $1500 per year for students in need 
of financial assistance. The law further provides that special 
consideration in the selection of loan recipients be given to all 
students with a superior academic background. 

North Carolina Bankers Student Loan Plan. Established by 
the North Carolina Bankers Association, in 1962, at the request 
of Governor Terry Sanford and administered by the College 
Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina students may 
borrow up to $500.00 per academic year. 

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. 
L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit 
of worthy young people attending the School of Religion who 
need financial assistance. 

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P. 
Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to 
his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the 
benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans. 

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by 
Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his 
parents. Preference is given to applicants from the First Baptist 
Church of Tarboro. 

67 



Spanish Exchange Scholarship 



James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late 
J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available 
for ministerial students who have been licensed to preach. 

Ministerial Aid Fund 

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a 
bequest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been 
added to from time to time. 

Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan 
or a grant basis. Written application must be made to the 
Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid on form obtainable 
from that committee. Awards are made on the basis of merit 
and need, and particularly in the case of grants, academic 
achievement. Five annual grants in the amount of $200 each 
are regularly available, in addition to such others as the 
Committee may award. 

German Exchange Scholarship 

In 1959 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest and the Free University of Berlin. At present 
one scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest Univer- 
sity student. It provides (1) 400 German marks a month 
for ten months at the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission 
of all registration and insurance fees; (3) 200 German marks 
a semester for the purchase of books; (4) Free accommodation 
in the Studentendorf (student village) comprising a single 
room, use of kitchen, bath, electric light and linen. Candidates 
must have had at least two years of German at the college level 
or equivalent and must have acquired junior standing by the 
end of the semester in which they apply. Candidates may major 
in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the 
permission of the chairman of the department in question. 

Spanish Exchange Scholarship 

In 1964 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest University and the University of the Andes, at 
Bogota, Colombia. At present the scholarships available to 
eligible Wake Forest students are: two scholarships of one 
semester's study each; or, one scholarship of two consecutive 

68 



Student Employment 



semesters. It is left to the discretion of Wake Forest University 
whether one or two students are selected annually to study 
during any given academic year at the University of the Andes. 
The scholarships provide: (1) remission of tuition and fees; 
(2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates must have 
had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or the 
equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of the fields 
offered at Wake Forest University with the permission of the 
department in question. 

Church Choir Work Grants 

These work grants are given by Wake Forest University and 
Wake Forest Baptist Church in order to encourage outstanding 
voice and University Choir students to participate in the Church 
Choir program. They are awarded on the basis of talent, relia- 
bility, and interest in the Church. The selection of recipients is 
made upon the joint recommendation of the Music Committee 
of the Church and the Department of Music of the University. 
There are 15 awards, each values at $300. 

Student/ Student Wife Employment 

The Personnel Office assists students to locate either on- or 
off-campus, part-time employment. A maximum of 20 hours 
work per week is suggested for full-time students. Applications 
for part-time employment, as well as for summer jobs, may be 
obtained in Room 120, Reynolda Hall. Wives of University 
students may be referred by the Personnel Office to on-campus 
jobs or employment opportunities in the community. 



69 



ACTIVITIES 

Student Government 

The two chief agencies of student government are the Student 
Legislature and the Student Honor Council. 

The Student Legislature is composed of thirty-six represen- 
tatives of the four classes, the vice-president of the student 
body serving as Speaker. It is the duty of the Student Legisla- 
ture to perform all acts necessary in the exercise of its powers 
as the legislative branch of student government. The Legislature 
also sets up student committees to work parallel with faculty 
committees on matters concerning students. 

The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of the 
Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from the senior, 
junior, and sophomore classes. 

The Honor System 

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake 
Forest University that its students shall be dominated by ideals 
of honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part 
of the Student Government of the College as adopted by the 
students and approved by the Administration. The essence of 
the Honor System is that each student's word can be trusted 
implicitly and that any violation of a student's word is an 
offense against the whole student community. The Honor Sys- 
tem binds the student in such matters as the following: he 
must neither give nor receive aid upon any examination, quiz or 
other pledge work, he must have complete respect for the prop- 
erty rights of others; he must not give false testimony or pass 
a worthless check knowing it to be such; he must report to 
the Honor Council any violation of the Honor System that 
comes under his observation. 

A student accused of violating the Honor System will be 
given a hearing before the Honor Council. If he is found guilty 
of cheating, he may be suspended from the College. Such stu- 
dent shall be re-admitted to the College only on the approval 
of the Faculty or its Executive Committee, and during the 
period of suspension his record shall not be subject to transfer 
to another college without a notation of his suspension. The 
penalty for stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly pass- 

70 



Forensic Activities 



ing a worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for 
failing to report to the Honor Council all violations of the Honor 
System which may come to a student's knowledge shall be in 
the discretion of the Honor Council. 

Any student who has been convicted of violation of the 
Honor Code is ineligible to represent the University in any 
manner whatsoever until the period of his punishment, be it 
suspension, probation, or any other form, is completed and 
the student is returned to good standing. 

Students in enforcing the Honor System are protecting the 
integrity of their student community and their own individual 
rights and reputation. They thereby enjoy the confidence of 
one another, the Faculty, the Administration and the public. 

Men's Judicial Board 

The Men's Judicial Board, a student-faculty committee, rules 
on violations of the conduct regulations listed in Statute II of 
the Constitution of the Student Body (see the student hand- 
book) and those conduct regulations established by the faculty 
which are included in this catalog. A student who violates one 
of these regulations or who behaves in such a way as to bring 
reproach upon himself or upon the University is subject to 
whatever penalty the Board deems appropriate. 

Senior Orations 

On the second Monday in April the faculty selects four 
members of the senior class as speakers for commencement 
day. The nominations are made by the Student Affairs Com- 
mittee of the faculty after consultation with the Department 
of Speech. The speakers selected are required to present their 
commencement addresses, limited to one thousand words, to 
the committee for approval before May 16. 

Forensic Activities 

Wake Forest has always stressed participation in debating 
and allied speech activities, and the University holds member- 
ship in a number of state and national speech organizations, 
including Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha, national hon- 
orary forensic fraternity. Representatives of the University 

71 



Speech Institute 



engage in state, regional, and national tournaments, and take 
part in debates, oratorical contests, and many other forms of 
competitive speaking. 

All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to 
participate in forensics and to represent the University in inter- 
collegiate competition. 

Debate and Speech Tournaments 

A. Novice Tournament 

In the fall of each year the University sponsors a debate 
tournament to which are invited college novice debaters. 
Awards are given to the winning schools at the end of the 
tournament. The tournament is open to college students who 
have never previously participated in intercollegiate debating. 

B. Dixie Classic Varsity Tournament 

In the late fall, the University sponsors a national debate 
tournament to which are invited colleges and universities who 
excel in debate. Trophies are given to the winning schools. 

C. High School Invitational Tournament 

In the winter of each year, the University chapter of DSR- 
TKA, a national debate honorary, sponsors a high school de- 
bate tournament to which are invited high school debaters 
from throughout the Southeast. Awards are given to the win- 
ning schools. 

D. Wake Forest University Speech Festival for 

High School Students 

In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a speech 
festival, to which are invited the high schools of North Caro- 
lina. Awards are given to the winning schools and individuals 
in oral interpretation, radio announcing, extemporaneous 
speaking, oratory, after-dinner speaking and duet acting. 

Speech Institute 

High school students are invited to participate in the Summer 
Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks during the regular 
summer session, and which is open to students from all states. 

72 



University Radio Station 



Specialized training in debate, public speaking, theatre, oral 
interpretation and radio is offered, and students are given an 
opportunity to debate the National Forensic League query in 
advance of the regular debate season. 

University Theatre 

The Wake Forest University Theatre, located on the 7th 
and 8th levels of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, presents four 
major productions annually. The University Theatre offers a 
meaningful, creative outlet for all students at the University. 
Any student enrolled in the University is eligible to try out 
for the casts and to work with the production staffs. 

The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate Players, 
honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in the Spring of 1963. 
Eligibility for membership is determined by a student's scholas- 
tic average and an accumulation of points acquired through 
participation in University Theatre activities. 

Readers' Theatre 

The theatre program recently expanded its scope to provide 
an opportunity for more students to participate on another 
level. The Readers' Theatre presents programs with selections 
from prose and poetry and rarely performed dramas. It is an 
opportunity for students to expand literary and artistic horizons 
as either participants or members of an audience. 

University Radio Station — WFDD-FM 

The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broadcasts year- 
round to the campus and throughout Piedmont North Carolina. 
The station is fully licensed by the Federal Communications 
Commission. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, dis- 
cussions, interviews, documentaries and drama. The station pro- 
vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio 
production while actually participating as announcers, inter- 
viewers, directors, newscasters, sportscasters, actors, and writers. 

Participation is open to all students. Several financial assis- 
tantships, as well as summer jobs, are available each year for 
qualified students. 

73 



Medals and Other Awards 



Publications 

The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a 
weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the University annual, are 
published by the students. 

Medals and Other Awards 

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior 
making the best address on commencement day. 

The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean 
S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the senior who 
has obtained the highest average grade on the courses taken 
by him in the School of Business Administration. 

The F. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the best 
oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life. 

The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology 
who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National 
Biology Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Com- 
pany of Elon College, N. C. 

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in 
Biology who does the best piece of original research during 
the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta 
of Wake Forest University. 

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 
111-112 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to 
major in the department. Given by the Will Corporation of 
Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta. 

The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each year 
to the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of 
Physics. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the 
graduating senior in the School of Business Administration who 
has earned the highest average during the seven semesters prior 
to the semester in which graduation occurs. 

The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key is awarded annually 
during the graduation exercises to the graduating senior in the 

74 



Fraternities 



School of Business Administration who has the highest average 
for the first three years. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year 
during commencement to the graduating accounting major who 
has reached the highest achievement in accounting studies. 

The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- 
ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding senior 
accounting major. 

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's subscription 
to the Journal are received each year by the graduating senior 
who has been most outstanding in finance courses. 

The Tom Baker Award In Debate is given to the senior who 
has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of inter- 
collegiate debating. 

The Tom Baker Award In Publications is given to the senior 
who has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of 
student publications. 

The Claud H. Richards Award in Political Science is pre- 
sented annually to the outstanding graduating senior in the De- 
partment of Political Science. 

Fraternities 

The following social fraternities have been established : Alpha 
Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, 
Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi 
Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. 

The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the 
Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, is the governing body 
of the social fraternities. The Council endeavors to maintain a 
high standard of conduct and scholarship. The Council offers 
a cup to the fraternity whose members made the highest class 
grades. By order of the faculty, students who are on probation 
for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until 
the end of their probationary period. 

The following professional fraternities have been established: 
Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma Pi (business), Phi 
Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa 
(physical education) and Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music). 
There is also a chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service 
fraternity. 

75 



Honor Societies 



Honor Societies 

The following honor societies have been established: Alpha 
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta 
Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta 
Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi 
(classics), Gamma Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu 
Epsilon (mathematics), National Collegiate Players (drama- 
tics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), 
Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu (social 
science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (mili- 
tary), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Tassels. 
There is also a Wake Forest University Student Section of the 
American Institute of Physics. 

Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of 
William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many Amer- 
ican colleges and universities, each year invites to membership 
a limited number of students who have displayed personal quali- 
ties of high character and who particularly have distinguished 
themselves in fields of liberal scholarship. 

Outstanding junior and senior students enrolled in the Charles 
H. Babcock School of Business Administration may be elected 
to membership in Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary 
society in business. 

Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which 
has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intel- 
ligent, democratic leadership among college men," elects semi- 
annually on the basis of character and eminence in one or 
more of the following five phases of campus life: "scholarship; 
athletics; student government, social and religious activities; 
publications; and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural 
activities." 

Mortar Board is an intercollegiate honor society for women. 
Its purpose is "to advance the spirit of service and fellowship 
among university women, to promote and maintain a high stand- 
ard of scholarship and to recognize and encourage leadership, 
and to stimulate and develop a finer type of college woman." 
Membership is based on service, scholarship, and leadership. 



76 



Intercollegiate Athletics 



Recreational Activities 

Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in main- 
taining the well-being of students, the University provides 
extensive athletic and recreational facilities and a faculty of 
trained supervisors to direct activities in these fields. Each 
student is given the opportunity to develop his individual 
interest and skill in physical education and recreational classes. 
In addition to these classes, the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion undertakes a broad intramural sports program consisting 
of tournaments and organized club activities. 

In order to provide for a recreational program for all students, 
the University maintains athletic fields, tennis courts, and a 
combination athletic, physical education and recreation building 
which includes a swimming pool, handball and squash racquet 
courts, rhythm studio, recreational area, corrective rooms, a 
gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate gymnasiums 
including a women's gym, a varsity basketball gym, and two 
men's intramural gyms. 

The College Union 

The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union of all 
the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase and develop 
social, recreational, and educational activities available to Wake 
Forest College students, both on and off campus. 

Students who pay the activities fee are members of the Col- 
lege Union. All others must pay $10.00 per year to join. 

The program of the College Union can best be presented by 
listing its eight committees: (1) Lecture Committee, (2) Rec- 
reation Committee, (3) Small Socials Committee, (4) Major 
Functions Committee, (5) Publicity Committee, (6) Movies 
Committee, (7) Travel Committee, (8) Arts Committee. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of intercol- 
legiate athletic activities. 

The University is a member of the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules 
and Regulations of the N.C.A.A., of the Conference, and of the 
University apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligibility of 
players. 

77 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Classification 

The requirements for classification after the freshman year 
are as follows: 

Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the 
completion of not fewer than 25 hours of work toward a degree, 
with a minimum of 50 quality points; Junior — the completion 
of not fewer than 54 hours of work toward a degree, with a 
minimum of 108 quality points; Senior — not fewer than 95 
hours of work toward a degree, with a minimum of 190 quality 
points. 

Registration After the Freshman Year 

An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $50 reser- 
vation deposit at the required time (see Calendar on page 4) 
during the spring semester shall not be eligible to register for 
the next fall semester. 

Procedure in Registering 

There are five steps in registration: (1) Securing from the 
Registrar's Office a permit to register and a summary of prior 
record; (2) the payment of fees to the Treasurer; (3) consul- 
tation with an adviser, who gives such assistance as may be 
necessary in regard to the program of work; (4) sectioning of 
classes by departmental representatives; (5) appearance before 
the Registrar for approval of program and assignment to classes. 

No student is allowed to enter any class until he has com- 
pleted his registration. 

Recitations per Week: Maximum and Minimum 
Requirements 

Sixteen credit hours a week, counting two hours of laboratory 
or field work as equal to one hour of recitation, are the maximum 
normally allowed freshmen. Seventeen credit hours a week are 
the maximum which sophomores, juniors and seniors may nor- 
mally take. A student may register for as much as nineteen 
credit hours per semester provided that the additional hours 
over the normal maximum include only hours in the following 

78 



Enforcement of Regulations 



courses: a one-hour physical education course, one music 
ensemble course, and Military Science. Additional work over 
the maximum is not otherwise allowed except by permission of 
the Dean of the College, and then only to students whose 
records are superior. 

The minimum number of hours for which a student may 
register is twelve for the term unless he is given special per- 
mission because of exceptional conditions or because he is doing 
outside work to support himself in college. Twelve hours consti- 
tute full-time status. 

Auditing of Classes 

A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit 
classes without charge, provided that the permission of the in- 
structor is obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled 
full-time student may audit classes at a charge of $10.00 per 
hour with the permission of the dean of the appropriate school 
and the instructor. An auditor is listed on the class roll as such 
and is subject to the usual attendance regulations and to what- 
ever additional requirements the instructor may impose. If 
these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation "audit" is 
entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade report. 
For the regularly enrolled student, this notation is also entered 
on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no grade 
or credit for the course. 

Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of 
any student not registered regularly or as an auditor. 

An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and 
a credit course may not be changed to an audit course. 

Enforcement of Regulations 

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic 
matters is regarded as a function of the faculty, or representa- 
tives of the faculty. A well-organized Student Government 
assumes responsibility, in co-operation with the Office of the 
Dean, for the regulations of the honor system and various other 
matters involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations 
of the University are adapted to and intended for those who 
have reached such maturity that they may exercise self-control. 

79 



Class Attendance Regulations 



All students are expected to be faithful in work, to be prompt 
and regular in attendance upon all their college duties, and to 
refrain from practices injurious to others. Those who neglect 
their work, or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon 
themselves and upon the University, or disregard the rights 
and the welfare of their fellow students are required to with- 
draw from the University. 

Class Attendance Regulations 

The attendance regulations specifically place the responsi- 
bility for class attendance upon the individual student. He is 
expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. A student 
should recognize that one of the most vital aspects of a resi- 
dential college experience is attendance in the classroom and 
that the value of this academic experience cannot be fully 
measured by testing procedures alone. 

The members of the student body are considered sufficiently 
mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to 
accept this personal responsibility, and to demonstrate the kind 
of self-discipline essential for such performance and, conversely, 
to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to attend. 
An instructor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean 
of the College for suitable action students who in his opinion 
are causing their work or that of the class to suffer because 
of absences or latenesses. Any student who does not attend 
classes regularly, or who demonstrates other evidence of 
academic irresponsibility, is subject to such disciplinary action 
as the Executive Committee may prescribe, including immediate 
suspension from the College. 

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of 
students who have been absent from class (1) because of illness 
(when certified by the University Health Service) or other 
extenuating circumstances or (2) as authorized representatives 
of the University (when their names have been submitted by 
appropriate University officials forty-eight hours in advance of 
the hour when the absences are to commence). Such absences 
are considered "excused," and a record of them is available 
to the student's instructors upon request. An instructor deter- 
mines whether work the student has missed (including quizzes) 
may be made up. 

80 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



Course Drops 

The last day for dropping a class without the grade of F is 
listed in the College calendar on page 3 of this Catalog. A 
student who wishes to drop any course before this date must 
consult the Registrar and his faculty adviser. After this date, 
if he wishes to drop a course, he must consult his faculty adviser 
and either the Dean of the College or the Director of the B.B.A. 
Program, as appropriate. If the Dean approves the request, he 
authorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except in the 
case of an emergency, the grade in the course will be recorded as 
F. 

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course without 
prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course 
shall be reported by the instructor to the Registrar, and the 
student will be subject to academic probation for the following 
semester or to such other penalties as the Executive Com- 
mittee of the faculty may impose. 

Withdrawal from College 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College 
is required to do so through the Office of the Dean of the College. 
If in the judgment of the dean the withdrawal is justified and 
the student is otherwise in good academic standing, no grades 
will be recorded on the student's permanent record for that 
semester. However, the student's standing in his courses at the 
time of withdrawal will be taken into consideration should he 
at a later date seek readmission to the College. If the with- 
drawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned 
in all courses in which the student is not doing satisfactory work. 

If a student leaves the College without officially withdrawing, 
he will be assigned failing grades in all his current courses and 
his unofficial withdrawal will be indicated on his record. 

Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation 

Each student enrolled in the College is expected to be aware 
at all times of his academic status and to be responsible for 
knowing whether he has failed to meet the College's minimum 
academic requirements for continuation as outlined below. 

81 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the 
spring term, the following students are academically ineligible 
to enroll for the following fall term: 

(1) Those students who, having attempted 47 or fewer 
semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all 
quality point ratio* of less than 1.35 on work attempted 
at Wake Forest. 

(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 
48 and no more than 87 semester hours in all colleges 
attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 
1.65 on work attempted at Wake Forest. 

(3) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 
88 and no more than 119 semester hours in all colleges 
attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.85 
on work attempted at Wake Forest. 

(4) Those students who, having attempted 120 or more 
semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all 
quality point ratio of less than 1.90 on work attempted at 
Wake Forest. 

In the determination of the quality point ratio, non-credit 
courses are not counted. 

Any student who is ineligible under the minimum require- 
ments above may attend the first summer term at Wake Forest; 
if he is successful in raising his over-all quality point ratio on 
work attempted at Wake Forest to the required minimum, he 
may enroll for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful by the 
end of the first summer term, he may attend the second term 
in Wake Forest; if he is successful then in raising his quality 
point ratio to the required minimum, he may apply for re- 
admission no earlier than for the following spring semester. 
If he is unsuccessful in meeting the minimum requirements by 
the end of the second summer term, he may apply for readmis- 
sion no earlier than for the following summer session. 

Requirements for continuation are to be determined by the 
catalog under which the student expects to be graduated. 



* The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing .the net quality points earned by the 
number of hours carried (whether passed or failed) . 

82 



Probation 

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the 
control of the student, and after consultation with the student's 
dean, an appeal from the foregoing eligibility requirements may 
be considered by the Executive Committee of the faculty. 

The Executive Committee of the faculty may also suspend 
from college at the end of any term any student whose record 
for that term has been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard 
to the number of courses passed and failed, or who has not 
attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and 
regulations of the College. 

Requirements for Readmission 

Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest University 
must meet the minimum academic requirements for contin- 
uation for students in his category of hours attempted (see 
page 82, except that 

(1) a student who has not met these requirements may 
apply for admission to the summer school only; 

(2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been 
away from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and 
a half and has spent that time constructively; 

(3) a student may apply for readmission after less than the 
year and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or 
if his failure to have the required average at the time of 
his suspension was due to exceptionally extenuating circum- 
stances beyond his control. 

It should be understood by the student and his parents 
that meeting the requirements set forth above does not insure 
that the student will be readmitted to the University. 

Probation 

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic 
standing. 

Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not 
have the grade average which he will be required to have at 
the end of the spring semester will be automatically on academic 
probation. 

83 



Grade of E 

Any student who is placed on probation because of honor 
code or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such 
special academic probation as the Executive Committee of 
the faculty shall impose. In addition, the Executive Committee 
may at any time place on probation any student whose academic 
performance or social behavior is inconsistent with what the 
Committee deems to be the best interests of the student or 
the University. 

Examinations and Grades 

All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor 
system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty. 
Under this system the student is expected not only to refrain 
from unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor 
Council anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Exam- 
ination papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no 
aid has been given or received. 

Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as 
follows: A, exceptionally high achievement; B, superior; C, satis- 
factory; D, passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure; 
F, failure. 

Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each 
semester hour of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; 
of D, 1 point; and of E and F, no points. The quality point 
ratio is calculated by dividing the total number of quality points 
earned by the total number of semester hours attempted, 
whether passed or not. 

Grade of I 

The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when 
on account of illness or some other emergency a student does 
not complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I 
is not completed within thirty days after the student enters 
for his next semester, the grade automatically becomes F. 

Grade of E 

A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be 
re-examined at any regular examination period within a year, 
or during the first week of the fall semester. The re-examination 

84 



Senior Conditions 



permit is secured from the Registrar's Office a few days in 
advance. No grade higher than D may be assigned as a result 
of a re-examination. A student who does not remove a con- 
ditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the course 
to secure credit. 

Pass-Fail Grades 

A student during his junior and senior years is permitted to 
elect up to 4 courses (but no more than one course in a given 
term), with the stipulation that grades for these courses will 
be recorded as Pass (P) or Fail (F) only and that these grades 
will not be counted in computing the student's quality point 
ratio. A grade of Pass carries full academic credit; a grade of 
Fail carries no academic credit. A student must indicate at the 
time of registration that he is choosing to take a course under 
this arrangement, and he may not change it to a letter-grade 
basis after the first two weeks of classes. In preparing his class 
roll the instructor will indicate which students are registered 
on a Pass-Fail basis. 

Courses selected for Pass-Fail grades must be other than 
those submitted by the student to satisfy the basic course 
requirements or those in the student's major. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which 
he has already received a grade of C or higher. 

Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives 
a grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply 
to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening 
of the final semester and not less than 30 days before its close. 
Such examination will be regarded as a special examination 
and will entail a fee of $2.50. 

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the end of 
the last term of the student's graduation year. The name of a 
candidate for graduation who has a condition after that date 
is dropped from the roll of the class. 

85 



Transcripts of Student Records 



If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final 
term of his graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination 
before the next examination period. 

Reports 

A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy is sent 
to the parent or guardian of each student who is doing unsatis- 
factory work. At the end of each term a final report of grades 
and attendance is given to the student, and a copy is sent to 
the parent or guardian. A report of the progress of each fresh- 
man is sent to the high school or preparatory school from 
which he was admitted. 

The Dean's List 

The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each semester 
by the Dean of the College and the Dean of the Charles H. 
Babcock School of Business Administration and will include 
all full-time students who have made a quality point ratio of 
3.0 for the semester. Grades earned during a summer session 
are not considered in the preparation of the List. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Under the quality point system, graduation distinctions are 
determined as follows: 

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with 
quality points which give him a ratio of not less than 3.80, 
in relation to the total semester hours attempted, shall be 
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than 
3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The 
entire record of a student is considered, with the understanding 
that a transfer student may receive no distinction which requires 
a quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake Forest 
University. 

Transcripts of Student Records 

The first copy of a student's record is issued for him without 
charge. Requests for subsequent copies should be made to the 
Registrar, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one 
dollar for each copy desired. No transcript will be issued without 
the authorization of the owner of the record. 

86 



Experiment in International Living 



Summer Session Elsewhere 

A student who desires to attend summer session in another 
college must secure the advance approval of the Registrar and 
the chairman of the department concerned. 

A transcript of the record is required for posting at the 
close of the summer session. 

Study Abroad 

To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student 
who plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of 
study relevant to his degree program at the University and 
must secure in advance the approval of the chairman of his 
major department and the dean of the school in which he is 
enrolled. He must then file an approved Study Abroad Appli- 
cation with the Registrar. 

Maximum credit for a full year program (32 semester hours) 
may be granted upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by 
the University of the work taken. 

Students are encouraged to study under one of the established 
programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In 
some cases independent study at foreign universities may be 
approved. A transcript of the record is required for posting 
after completion of approved foreign study. 

Experiment in International Living 

The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in 
International Living, Putney, Vermont 05346, is recognized by 
the University. This is a semester program, available in any 
one of several countries either semester. To participate in this 
program, a student must be a regularly enrolled student plan- 
ning to return to the University upon completion of the semester 
abroad. The program of study must be approved in advance by 
the chairman of the student's major department, the chair- 
man of such other departments as may be involved and the 
dean of the school in which the student is enrolled. The 
program carries a maximum of twelve semester hours credit 
upon satisfactory completion. 

87 



The Church and Industry, Institute 



Center for Psychological Services 

The Center provides specialized services in educational- 
vocational testing and counseling, and in personal adjustment 
counseling. These services provide evidence of the student's 
aptitudes, interest, and achievements and assist him in making 
the most of his opportunities for academic and personal develop- 
ment while in college. The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, 
is staffed by professionally trained psychologists. There is no 
charge to the full-time student for Center services. 

Wake Forest University Student Health Service 

The Student Health Service provides those services necessary 
to students in the maintenance of their health. Utilizing the 
medical report from a student's family physician, the Health 
Service physicians evaluate the student's health status when 
he is admitted. Any health problems present then, or arising 
later, are treated in the University Clinic and Hospital. The 
facilities and personnel of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and the Forsyth Memorial 
Hospital are also used if needed. The Health Service also works 
closely with the Center for Psychological Services on mental 
health problems. 

In the Clinic a minimum charge is made for medications and 
laboratory tests, but none for office visits. When it becomes 
necessary to refer patients to specialists or for studies elsewhere, 
all costs must be assumed by the student. 

The Church and Industry Institute 

The Church and Industry Institute provides learning oppor- 
tunities for clergy of all religious groups to understand industry. 
Since its establishment in 1966, it has placed clergy in educa- 
tional centers operated by industry and in continuing educa- 
tion centers operated by universities for industry and has con- 
ducted summer programs for seminarians in industry. In addi- 
tion to consulting services, it also designs conferences for de- 
nominational groups and seminaries. The Institute publishes a 
quarterly of reprints for clergy. 

88 



Veterans 

Placement Office Services 

The Placement Office arranges on-campus, career interviews 
with business firms, government agencies, school systems, and 
other organizations, for graduating students at Wake Forest 
University. Career information may be found in the Placement 
Office, Room 118, Reynolda Hall. The Director of Placement 
is available during regular office hours for consultation on 
career matters. 

Navy ROC Program 

The United States Navy offers a Reserve Officer Candidate 
(ROC) program whereby a Wake Forest student may complete 
his military requirements for a commission as Ensign in the 
United States Naval Reserve by attending weekly drills (op- 
tional) at the Winston-Salem Naval Reserve Training Center, 
930 Brookstown Avenue, and by attending ROC schools during 
the summers following his junior and senior years (required). 
Further information is available through the Commanding Offi- 
cer of the Training Center or Dr. Carlton Mitchell of the Wake 
Forest faculty. 

Veterans 

Applicants who need information concerning educational 
benefits for veterans and children of veterans should consult 
the nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This 
office for North Carolina is located at Wachovia Building, Win- 
ston-Salem, North Carolina. 



89 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of 
Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Master of Arts, 
Juris Doctor; and Doctor of Medicine, Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy in Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 

The general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science degrees are the same, with the following 
exceptions: (1) for the degree of Bachelor of Arts a student 
must complete a foreign language through courses numbered 
211, 212, making a total of from 6 to 18 hours of languages*; 
(2) for the degree of Bachelor of Science a student must com- 
plete a foreign language through courses numbered 211, 212, or 
eight hours in a second natural science or six additional hours in 
mathematics or six hours in accountancy.** 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon 
those students who (1) complete a major in Accountancy,*** 
Biology, Business,*** Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Educa- 
tion, Physics, or Education with State teacher's certification in 
Mathematics or Science; (2) complete the degree requirements 
in Medical Technology or Medical Record Administration or the 
Physician Assistant Program; or (3) complete the requirements 
for the combined degree in Medical Sciences, Dentistry, Engi- 
neering, or Forestry. 

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those stu- 
dents who (1) complete a major in other departments in Wake 
Forest College, or (2) complete the requirements for the com- 
bined degree in Law. 

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the 
requirements for graduation, and for meeting the requirements 
as stated. 

A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest Uni- 
versity with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of 
Science may not thereafter receive the other of these two 
degrees. 



* The candidate for the combined degree in Law may substitute for Language 211, 212 
eight hours in a second natural science, six additional hours in mathematics, or six hours 
in the principles of economics. 

** The accountancy option is available only to students majoring in Business or Account- 
ancy. 

*** To be awarded after 1971. Students graduating in 1972 or 1973 may elect to satisfy the 
requirements for either the B.B.A. or the B.S. degree. In the absence of extenuating cir- 
cumstances, the B.B.A. will not be awarded after June 1973. 

90 



Basic Course Requirements 



Academic Requirements 

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science the 
student must complete (1) the basic course requirements, 

(2) a course of study approved by his major department, and 

(3) elective courses to make a total of 128 credit hours. He 
must complete at least 64 hours, including the work of the 
senior year, in Wake Forest College.* 

In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the 
student must present at least 256 quality points and a quality 
point ratio of at least 2.0 on all hours attempted. The quality 
point ratio is calculated by dividing the total number of quality 
points earned by the total number of semester hours attempted, 
whether passed or not. 

A student who transfers from another institution or takes 
any work in other institutions must earn at least a 2.0 quality 
point ratio on all hours attempted in Wake Forest College and 
have at least a 2.0 quality point ratio on the total number of 
hours attempted at all colleges. 

A student has the privilege of graduating under the provisions 
of the catalog under which he enters provided that he completes 
his course within six years; after the interval of six years he 
is expected to conform to the requirements specified for the 
class with which he is graduated. 

Basic Course Requirements 

All undergraduate students in Wake Forest University are 
enrolled in the College during their freshman and sophomore 
years. A student is not admitted as a candidate for a degree in 
any school except the College until the end of his sophomore 
year and the completion of the entrance requirements of the 
school to which application is made. 

All students enrolled in the College must take certain required 
basic courses. These requirements apply uniformly to all under- 
graduate degrees and all combined degrees, except as other- 
wise noted. 



For exceptions in combined degree programs, see pages 97-103 of this catalog. 

91 



Basic Course Requirements 



These basic course requirements are as follows: 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Religion (6 hours) selected as follows: 3 hours from courses 111, 112, 

153, 155, 157, and 3 hours from courses 231, 256, 261, 264, 271. 
Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Social Science, one of the following three: 
Economics 151, 152 (6 hours) 1 
Political Science 151 and normally one of the following: 152, 230, 251, 

260 (6 hours). 2 
Sociology 151 (3 hours) and one of the following: 

Sociology 152 or Anthropology 162 (freshmen and sophomores only), 
or any course from Sociology 323 through 359 or any course from 
Anthropology 351 through 373. 
Natural Science, one of the following three: 
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Mathematics (3 hours) 

(A student who anticipates a degree or major requiring additional 
mathematics should continue mathematics through the freshman 
year.) 
Physical Education (2 hours) 

Language: 3 to 18 hours depending on the following 3 factors: 
1. Requirements for the different degrees: 

a) Bachelor of Arts: candidate completes courses 211, 212, or their 
equivalents. 

b) Bachelor of Science: candidate completes course 152 (or Greek 
112) and one of the following: 

Language courses 211, 212 (6 hours) 

A second natural science (8 hours) 

Mathematics beyond the basic 3-hour requirement (6 hours) 

Accountancy 111, 112 (6 hours) 4 

c) Combined degree in Law: candidate completes course 152 (or 
Greek 112) and one of the following: 

Language courses 211, 212 (6 hours) 

A second natural science (8 hours) 

Mathematics beyond the basic 3-hour requirement (6 hours) 

Economics 151, 152 (6 hours) 

d) Bachelor of Business Administration: candidate completes course 
152, or may substitute Speech 151 and Mathematics 162 (6 
hours), and also completes Economics 151, 152 (6 hours). 



1 Except for students taking B.B.A. 

- Any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be elected with the permission of the 
department. 

3 A student who plans graduate study or medical study should consult his adviser about 
additional foreign language study in his undergraduate program. 

4 This option is available only to students majoring in Business or Accountancy. 

92 



Committee on Open Curriculum 



2. Evaluation of high school units. 

One unit of high school language is considered the equivalent of one 
semester course of college language. Thus, if a student has had 

1 high school unit, he would normally enter course 112 

2 high school units, he would normally enter course 151 

3 high school units, he would normally enter course 152 

4 high school units, he would normally enter course 211 

3. Evaluation by testing and regulations concerning credit. 

A placement test is given to assist in proper placement of students. 
A student who finds it necessary to repeat in college the equivalent 
of any modern foreign language taken in high school receives no col- 
lege credit for the course repeated. A student who repeats in college 
a classical language taken in high school may receive credit. (A stu- 
dent who offers 2 high school units of one foreign language may 
commence a second foreign language with credit.) 

The basic course requirements are to be completed, where 
possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will 
find it necessary to postpone some of the basic courses until 
the junior year in order to make room for certain courses 
necessary to the work in the major field; but a minimum of 
twelve hours from among the basic courses must appear on 
every student's program each semester until these courses are 
completed, except that after the freshman year a minimum of 
nine hours each semester may be considered sufficient if other 
courses necessary to work in the major field must be taken. 

No student, except by a specific vote of the College faculty 
in regular session, may set aside, or substitute another course 
or other courses for, any of the basic course requirements.* 

For further details about course requirements for the degree 
of Bachelor of Business Administration, consult the section of 
the catalog dealing with the Charles H. Babcock School of 
Business Administration. 



Committee on Open Curriculum 

On November 10, 1969, the undergraduate faculties of Wake 
Forest College passed the following resolution : 

That the faculty establish a Committee on Open Curriculum 
to oversee an open curriculum program wherein superior stu- 

* See, however, the statement below concerning the Committee on Open Curriculum and 
the statement on page 105 concerning Special Experimental Courses for 1970-71. 

93 



Upper Division 



dents may be permitted to waive the usual curricular require- 
ments in the lower division; 

That the functions of the Committee on Open Curriculum be 
(a) to select superior students for the program, (b) to confer 
with these students and advise them about their program of 
study, enrolling them in some but perhaps not all of the basic 
courses, and (c) to make periodic reports to the faculty on its 
actions; 

That the membership of the Committee on Open Curriculum 
be eight members of the faculty plus an administrative repre- 
sentative, ex officio, and that the faculty membership be two 
members elected from each of the following groups: 

Group A: Classical Languages, English, German, Romance 
Languages, Speech. 

Group B: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Edu- 
cation, Physics. 

Group C: Art, History, Music, Philosophy, Religion. 

Group D: Business and Accountancy, Economics, Education, 
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and An- 
thropology. 

That during the academic year 1970-71 the number of stu- 
dents selected for the open curriculum program would not ex- 
ceed 3-10% of the freshman class and that selection of students 
would be made either before or during their freshman year; and 

That the Committee on Open Curriculum work under the basic 
principle that a liberal education entails work in a number of 
areas representing the humanities, the sciences, and the social 
sciences. 



Admission to the Upper Division 

The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding 
pages of this section, is intended to give the student an intro- 
duction to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the founda- 
tion for concentration in a major subject and related fields 
during the junior and senior years. 

94 



Upper Division 



Before applying for admission to the upper division and 
beginning work on the major subject, a student should have 
64 credit hours and 128 quality points in the lower division. In 
no case will a student be admitted to the upper division with 
fewer than 54 hours of credit and 108 quality points. 

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the 
beginning of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency 
test in the use of the English language. 

Course of Study for the Upper Division 

Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each 
student is required to indicate to the Registrar and to the 
department or school concerned his selection of a major subject 
in which he wishes to concentrate during his junior and senior 
years. Before this selection is formally approved by the 
Registrar, however, the student must present to him a written 
statement from the authorized representative of the depart- 
ment or school in which he wishes to major that he has received 
the permission of that department or school. The student will 
also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from the depart- 
ment or school to assist him in planning his work for the 
junior and senior years. 

A department which rejects a student as a major will file with 
the Dean of the College a written statement including the 
reason (s) for the rejection. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not 
change from one major to another without the approval of the 
departments concerned. 

The student's course of study for the junior and senior years 
includes the minimum requirements for the departmental major 
(see the table below), together with such other courses as he 
shall select and his adviser shall approve — the latter courses 
to be sufficiently related to the student's major to justify their 
inclusion in his program. This course of study must include 
a minimum of 42 hours in the student's field of concentration 
(that is, his major and related courses) beyond the basic course 
requirements as outlined on pages 92-93. 

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect twelve 

95 



Majors 

additional hours in religion beyond the six hours included in 
the basic requirements. 

The following list indicates the number of hours required 
in the departmental majors: 

Department Major 

Accountancy 28 

Anthropology 30 

Biology 36 

Business 30 

Chemistry 37 

Economics 30 

Education 18 

English 30 

French 30 

German 30 

Greek 30 

History 30 

Latin 30 

Mathematics 33 

Music 36 

Philosophy 24 

Physical Education 35 

Physics 33 

Political Science 30 

Psychology 30 

Religion 30 

Religious Education 30 

Sociology 30 

Spanish 30 

Speech 30 

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest 
College. 

Beyond the basic course requirements and the approved 
course of study in his field of concentration, the student will 
elect other courses up to a minimum of 128 hours. 

Not more than 40 hours of the 128 hours required for gradu- 
ation may be taken in a single field of study. For the purposes 
of this regulation, the following fields of study are recognized: 
Accountancy, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Economics, Educa- 
tion, English, French, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathe- 
matics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Poli- 
tical Science, Psychology, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, 
Spanish, Speech. 

96 



Law 



Senior Testing Program 

All seniors are required to participate in a testing program 
designed to provide objective evidence of educational develop- 
ment while in college. The program will employ measures of 
academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate 
Record Examination and/or other tests deemed appropriate 
by the Executive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given 
in late spring, and relevant results are made available to the 
student for his information. The primary purpose of the pro- 
gram, however, is to provide the college with information that 
will facilitate the assessment of the total educational process. 
(This program does not supplant the regular administrations 
of the Graduate Record Examination for those students apply- 
ing for admission to graduate schools.) 

Degrees in the School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake 
Forest University to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts 
and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent 
instead of seven years which are required if the two curricula 
are pursued independently. The first three years of the combined 
course are in Wake Forest College and the last three are in 
the School of Law. 

Under this plan the student must first complete three years 
(96 semester hours) of academic work as follows: 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93] 

Religion' (6 hours) [see page 92] 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Mathematics (3 hours) 

Science, one of the following: 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 
Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology 

(6 hours) [see page 92] 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
One of the following: 

Language 211, 212 (6 hours) 

A second natural science (8 hours) 

Economics 151, 152 (6 hours) 

Additional mathematics (6 hours) 
*Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 



Selected carefully in consultation with Law School adviser. 

97 



Medical Sciences 



The requirement of a major subject for the academic degree 
is considered as satisfied by one year (29 semester hours) of 
Law. The details of the plan are as follows: 

One who completes the above specified 96 semester hours 
of work in Wake Forest College with a minimum average of C 
(or two quality points for each semester hour undertaken) and 
the first full year (29 semester hours) of Law in the Wake 
Forest University School of Law with an average sufficient for 
him to remain in the School of Law, will be awarded the Bach- 
elor of Arts degree. 

The Juris Doctor degree will be awarded the student upon 
the completion of two additional years in the School of Law 
and upon fulfillment of the requirements for that degree as 
described on page 193. 

At least one year of the required academic work must be 
taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from 
another institution at the end of his first or second year must 
maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work 
undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College. 

The quantitative and qualitative academic requirements set 
forth herein are minimum requirements and do not necessarily 
entitle an applicant to admission to the School of Law. Admis- 
sion requirements are given in detail on pages 191-193 and in 
the Bulletin of the School of Law. 

Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the 
special arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree 
with a major in Medical Sciences. 

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the 
degree by completing three years of work in Wake Forest Col- 
lege with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfac- 
torily completing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30 
semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine, with a record entitling him to promo- 
tion to the Second Year Class. At least one year (32 semester 

98 



Medical Technology 



hours) of the required academic work must be completed in 
Wake Forest College. 

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical 
Sciences must complete the following courses in Wake Forest 
College before entering the School of Medicine for their fourth 
year of work : * 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Biology (8 hours) selected from the following: 220, 226, 260, 309, 311, 
321, 350, 372. 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 131 (4 hours) 

Chemistry 221 (4 hours) 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93] 

Mathematics (6 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 

Religion (6 hours) [see page 92] 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology 

(6 hours), [see page 92] 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does 
not necessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine. 
All other factors being equal, applicants who have done all their 
college work in Wake Forest College are given preference. 

Degree in Medical Technology 
Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Medical Technology by completion of the academic require- 
ments outlined below with a minimum average grade of C, and 
by satisfactory completion of the full program in Medical Tech- 
nology offered by the Division of Allied Health Programs of 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a grade of C in 
all courses taken in the program of Medical Technology. At least 
one year (32 semester hours) of the required academic work 
must be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the 
degree must complete the following three-year course at Wake 
Forest before beginning study in the D ivision of Allied Health 
Programs, f 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Biology 151, 152 (8 hours) 

* See pages 196-197 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for 
further information. 

t For further information write to the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bow- 
man Gray School of Medicine. 



99 



Physician Assistant Program 



Biology 226 (4 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 221, 222, 223, 224 (8 hours) 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93] 

Mathematics (3 hours) 

Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 

Religion (6 hours) [see page 92] 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology 

(6 hours), [see page 92] 
Physical Education 111, 112 (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

Degree in Medical Record Administration 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Medical Record Administration by completion of three years (96 
semester hours) in college with a minimum average grade of C 
and by satisfactory completion of the full twelve-months course 
in Medical Record Administration offered by the Division of 
Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medi- 
cine. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the required 
academic work must be completed in Wake Forest College. 
Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course re- 
quirements outlined on pages 92-93 of the current catalog. They 
must take at least 16 hours of lecture-and-laboratory courses in 
biology, including 8 hours in anatomy and physiology, and at 
least 15 hours in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and 
economics are recommended). A course in statistics is also rec- 
ommended. 

Degree in the Physician Assistant Program 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
the Physician Assistant Program by completion of three years 
(96 semester hours) in college with a minimum average grade 
of C and by satisfactory completion of the full 24-months 
course in the Physician Assistant Program offered by the 
Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the re- 
quired academic work must be completed in Wake Forest Col- 
lege. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course 
requirements outlined on pages 92-93 of the current catalog. 
They must take at least 16 hours of lecture-and-laboratory 

100 



Engineering 

courses in biology, including one course in bacteriology, and at 
least 15 hours in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and 
economics are recommended). A course in statistics and four to 
eight hours in chemistry are also recommended. 

Degree With Major in Dentistry 

A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with 
a major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in Wake 
Forest College with a minimum average grade of C, and by satis- 
factorily completing the first two years of work in one of certain 
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest University, 
with a record entitling him to advancement to the Third Year 
Class. 

For this degree the requirements in Wake Forest College are 
the same as outlined above for the B.S. degree with a major in 
Medical Sciences. 

Degrees in Engineering 
The 3-2 Engineering Program 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with North Carolina 
State University in offering a broad course of study in the arts 
and sciences combined with specialized training in engineering. 

The program, for outstanding students, covers five years of 
study including three initial years on the campus of Wake 
Forest University and two full years of technical training at one 
of the schools of engineering. Depending upon the school and 
field of engineering chosen, it may be necessary for a student 
to take an additional summer's work in engineering. 

Upon successful completion of the five years of study the 
student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from 
Wake Forest University and the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in one of the specialized engineering fields from the engineering 
school of his choice. 

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest University 
and the second from an engineering college, the graduate will 
be well suited for positions of higher responsibility where public 
relations and technical knowledge are combined. This combina- 
tion plan is recognized by nationally known educators as a wise 
program in allowing the student a broad background in the 

101 



Forestry 

liberal arts in addition to the specialized and technical training 
involved in the engineering degree. 

The curriculum for the first three years must include all the 
basic course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree, 
as outlined on pages 92-93 of this catalog. A suggested program 
follows : 

Freshman Sophomore Junior 

English 111, 112 English 153, 156 Math 311 

Physics 111, 112 History 111, 112 Philosophy 111 

Math 111, 112 Physics 151, 152 tMath Elective 

F. Lang. 151, 152 Chem. Ill, 112, tScience Elective 

*Religion 115, 116 Humanities Elective 

Physical Ed. Ill, 112 Math 113, 251 ISocial Science 

This is a vigorous curriculum averaging 17 hours per semester, 
or 18 if ROTC is elected. It is demanding even for students with 
an aptitude for science and mathematics. The electives are 
chosen in consultation with the engineering advisor in the De- 
partment of Physics. 

Degrees in Forestry 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with Duke University 
in an academic forestry training program. A student in this 
program devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences 
at Wake Forest University. (At least two years (64 semester 
hours) must be completed in Wake Forest College.) He spends 
the summer between his junior and senior years and the two 
following years in the Duke University School of Forestry. 
Upon the successful completion of this five-year course of study 
he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest 
University and the degree of Master of Forestry from the Duke 
School of Forestry. 

A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make 
formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry 
not later than the end of the first semester of his third year 
in college. To qualify for admission he must have followed a 
planned course of study as outlined below, must have the official 
recommendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an 
over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.5. 



* See page 92. 

t Depending upon Engineering Specialty. 

+ See page 92. 



102 



Forestry 

Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete the fol- 
lowing three-year course before beginning study in the Duke 
School of Forestry: 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Economics 151, 152 (6 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93] 

Mathematics 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 

Religion (6 hours) [see page 92] 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Physical Education (2 hours) 

Six hours beyond the first year introductory courses in any one of 

the biological, physical, or social sciences. 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics, 

Speech) 

Students in this program will be advised in the Department 
of Biology. 



103 



COURSES IN THE COLLEGE 

Course Numbers 

The numbers of the courses offered by the various depart- 
ments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no credit; 
courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 
courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 
301-399, for juniors, seniors and graduate students; and 
courses 401-499, for graduate students. The letter S used as 
a prefix to a course number indicates that the course is offered 
during the summer session only. 

Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall 
term; courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However, 
introductory or basic courses in many departments will be 
offered every term so that students may arrange their work in 
regular sequence, according to the time of entrance. Accord- 
ingly, revised class schedules will be distributed each term, 
containing the name of each instructor and the time and 
location of each class. 

Credit Hours Defined 

All credit hours are based upon the semester, or half of an 
academic year of nine months. In the departments which follow, 
in alphabetical order, the credit hours for each course are indi- 
cated by the number in parentheses following the course title. 
For courses including laboratory work, recitation and laboratory 
hours are given after the course description as, for example 
(3-4), 3 recitation hours, 4 laboratory hours. 

Both in the summer term and in the fall and spring terms, 
the credit for any course is the same, generally three hours 
based on 48 class periods, or the equivalent in laboratory work. 

Prerequisites and Corequisites 

The prerequisite for a course is indicated, for example, as 
P-153, meaning that course 153 in the department under con- 
sideration will be required for admittance to the desired course. 
When a prerequisite is in another department, the name of 
the department is given. A corequisite is indicated, for example, 
as C-151. 



104 



Honors Program 



Special Experimental Courses for 1970-71 

During the 1970-71 academic year several new courses will be 
added to the curriculum on a pilot basis for one year. These pro- 
grams will be of an experimental nature and will attempt either 
to accelerate the student's progress through the basic curriculum 
or to broaden his education by introducing him in a single course 
to two or more of the various disciplines within a given broad 
division of the curriculum (e.g. natural sciences, social sciences, 
arts, etc.). Some of these courses may be substituted for basic 
requirements; others will be electives. The exact details of these 
pilot programs will be available before registration each semester. 

Interdisciplinary Honors Program 

Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary honors 
program for a limited number of highly qualified students. 
Participation is with the approval of the Faculty Committee 
on Honors. 

During their first three years in college, participants will 
schedule at least three interdisciplinary honors seminars (a total 
of nine semester hours, normally including 6 hours in the Lower 
Division and 3 hours in the Upper Division.) Many students will 
probably not participate formally in the interdisciplinary pro- 
gram beyond the third year, but will choose instead to concen- 
trate on departmental honors work in their major fields. Stu- 
dents, however, who are not candidates for departmental honors 
and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars with a 
superior record may elect Honors 281 (directed study culmi- 
nating in an honors paper and an oral examination). Those 
whose work in this course is superior and who have achieved 
an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college work 
will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 
Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be 
candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates 
for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 

The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are 
designed to supplement the usual general education of the fresh- 
man and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the 

105 



Honors Program 



junior year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled in the first 
semester of the senior year. 

The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty Committee 
on Honors. Faculty participants in the interdisciplinary courses 
are drawn from various academic departments of the College. 

Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I). An inquiry 
into the nature and interrelationships of several approaches to man's 
experience, represented by the work of three such men as Leonardo da 
Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, Confucius, Dostoyevsky, 
Mozart, Jefferson, and Einstein. Seminar discussion based on primary 
and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written 
reports and a term paper required. 

(Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester 

Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (II). A parallel 
course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set 
of figures such as Buddha, Galileo, Tolstoy, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, 
Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach. 

(Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester 

Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World. A study of the Dar- 
winian theory of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on 
fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the other 
arts, and philosophy. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 235. The Ideal Society. Man's effort to establish or imagine the 
ideal community, state or society, principles of political and social organi- 
zation, changing goals and values. Study of historical communities such 
as those of the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin, 
Fourierite and Owenite communities of the 19th century. Reading in 
such works as Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God, More's 
Utopia, Bacon's The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's 1984, and 
Skinner's Walden Two. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 237. The Scientific Outlook. An exploration into the origins and 
development of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary 
applications in the natural and social sciences and the humanities. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 238. Romanticism. Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic 
of mind and art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and 
America in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary 
materials in such fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and 
painting. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 239. Man and the Irrational. The phenomenon of the irrational, 



106 



Art 



with emphasis on its 20th century manifestations but with attention also 
to its presence in centuries and cultures other than our own. Such areas 
as philosophy, religion, literature, and psychology, politics and the arts 
will be explored. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 242. The Comic View. The theory of comedy in ancient and 
modern times; the expression of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, 
the theater and the motion picture. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. An investigation of 
various conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man. 
Study will not necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, 
Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories 
like the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 281. Directed Study. Readings on an interdisciplinary topic 
approved by the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major 
research or interpretative paper based on these readings, under the 
direction of a member of the Faculty; and an oral examination on the 
topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on 
Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a 
written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior 
year. (Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) Credit, 3 hours 

Departmental Honors Program 

A number of departments in the College offer specialized 
honors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be gradu- 
ated "with Honors" in their major field. Details are given by 
the departments concerned. 

Art 

Associate Professors Boyd, Aycock 
Instructor Crawford 
Artist-in-Residence Prohaska 

An art major is not offered at the present time, but students 
interested in this area of study should consult the Chairman of 
the Department. 

Additional courses in Art History not listed below will be 
offered during the Fall Semester 1970. Students interested in 
these courses should consult either their advisers or the Art 
faculty during the registration period in September 1970. 

107 



Art 



ART HISTORY 

Courses listed below are open to qualified freshmen and soph- 
omores with permission of the instructor. 

221. Art of India. (3) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture 
to 1200 A.D., emphasizing their relationship to Hinduism, Buddism, and 
Jainism. Mr. Gokhale 

231. American Art. (3) A survey of American painting and sculpture 
from 1600 to 1900, emphasizing painting. Mr. Boyd 

233. American Architecture. (3) A survey of American architecture from 
1600 to 1900, emphasizing the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 

Mr. Boyd 

265. Ancient and Medieval Art. (3) A survey of the arts of Egypt Meso- 
potamia, Crete, Greece, and Rome, and those of Medieval Europe. 

Mr. Aycock 

266. Renaissance and Modern Art. (3) A survey of architecture, paint- 
ing, and sculpture in Europe and the United States. Mr. Aycock 

268. American Art. (3) A history of art in the United States: architec- 
ture, painting, sculpture, and the minor arts. Mr. Aycock 

269. Italian Renaissance Art. (3) A survey of Italian painting and 
sculpture from 1400 to 1600. Mr. BOYD 

270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3) A survey of painting in the Nether- 
lands, Germany, France, and England from 1400 to 1600. Mr. Boyd 

272. Baroque Art. (3) A survey of European painting and sculpture 
from 1600 to 1700. Miss Crawford 

281. Modern Art to 1900. (3) A survey of European painting and sculp- 
ture from 1700 to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century. 

Miss Crawford 

282. Modern Art after 1900. (3) A survey of European and American 
painting and sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-Art 281. 

Miss Crawford 

294. Architecture Survey after 1700. (3) A survey of European and 
American architecture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twen- 
tieth century. MlSS Crawford 

ART STUDIO 

111, 112. Introduction to Painting. (3,3) A basic course in drawing and 
painting, in the media of charcoal, pastel, watercolor, acrylic, and oil. Ill 
is prerequisite for 112. Mr. Prohaska 

201, 202. Advanced Painting. (3,3) A course of independent study with 
faculty guidance. P-lll, 112. Mr. Prohaska 

108 



Biology 

Biology 

Professors Allen, Cocke, Flory 

Associate Professors Amen (Chairman), Dimmick, Esch, 

James C. McDonald, Olive, Sullivan, Wyatt 
Assistant Professors Becker, Kuhn, Webber, Weigl 
A major in Biology consists of 36 hours which must include 
Biology 111, 112, 151, 152* and at least one course from four 
of the following five groups: 

A. Regulatory Biology: Biology 309, 311, 351, 395-396. 

B. Structural and Developmental Biology: Biology 220, 227, 
228, 260. 

C. Environmental Biology: Biology 240, 321, 340. 

D. Systematic Biology: Biology 226, 231, 233, 334, 338. 

E. Interdisciplinary and Synthesizing Biology: Biology 314, 
318, 319, 390. 

At least one category (A-E) will include one course from 
Biology 227, 228, 318, 338. 

A student must achieve an overall QPR of 2.0 on all Biology 
courses attempted to graduate with a major in Biology. 

Required related courses for the major are one year of Physics 
and at least one semester of Chemistry beyond college chemis- 
try. Certain substitutions in required related courses may be 
made with the written permission of the Chairman of the 
Biology Department. 

The Physics requirement may be waived in the case of 
Biology majors who meet the requirements for a Class A teach- 
ing certificate in Biology. Majors in Biology who meet the 
requirements for a Class A teaching certificate in Biology may 
substitute Education 291, Materials and Methods in Mathe- 
matics and Science, for three of the 36 hours of required 
Biology. 

Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require addi- 
tional Chemistry and Mathematics courses. The major advisor 
will call these to the attention of majors, depending on their 
individual needs. 

Highly qualified Biology majors are invited by the Depart- 
ment to apply for admission to the honors program in Biology. 

* Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 111, 112 with 
written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed to take 
Biology 151, 152, provided they add other courses to complete the required hours in 
Biology. Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 151, 152 
with the written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed 
to omit these courses from the requirements and substitute other courses to complete the 
required hours in Biology. Both 111, 112 and 151, 152 may not be omitted. 

109 



Biology 

They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR 
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work 
in Biology, complete Biology 391, 392 and pass a comprehensive 
oral examination. They are then graduated with the distinction 
"Honors in Biology". For additional information consult mem- 
bers of the Biology staff. 

For majors, Biology 151, 152 are prerequisites for all courses 
numbered above 152 with the exception of Biology 301, 302, 
and 305. Non-majors may take other courses after having 
completed only Biology 111, 112 with the written permission 
of the instructors of the courses. 

The following schedule is recommended for students who 
desire to major in Biology: 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

English 111, 112 English 153, 156 

Mathematics (6 hours)* History 111, 112 

Language 151, 152** Pol. Sci., Sociol. and Anthro., or 

Biology 111, 112 Econ. 6 hours 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116*** Biology 151, 152 

Physical Education 111, 112 Chemistry 221, 222 or 341, 342 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Religion (6 hours) Required Advanced Biology 

Philosophy 211 Electives 

Physics 111, 112 
Required Advanced Biology 
Electives 

111, 112. General Biology and the Diversity of Life. (4,4) Fundamental 
ideas of the structure and activity of living systems with emphasis on 
the diversity of life. (3-3) 

151, 152. Biological Principles and the Unity of Life. (4,4) Physiological, 
developmental, genetic and geological principles common to a wide 
range of living organisms, with emphasis on molecular and cellular 
aspects. P-lll, 112 and Chem. Ill, 112, 115, 116. (3-3) 

220. Comparative Chordate Anatomy. (4) A comparative study of the 
anatomy of chordate animals. Dissection of type forms in the laboratory. 
(2-4) 



* Students are recommended to take Mathematics courses selected from 111-112, 161-162. 

** Students with language deficiencies or those beginning a new language must take 
Language 111-112 here and make suitable adjustments in the remainder of the program. 

*** Students who do not complete both Biology 111-112 and Chemistry 111-112-115-116 
are advised to complete Chemistry 111-112-115-116 in Summer School to satisfy the pre- 
requisites for Biology 151, 152 by the Sophomore year. 

Students taking Military Science or those with special deficiencies must modify this 
program. This will reduce the number of free electives available unless Summer School is 
utilized for these additional courses. 

110 



Biology 

226. Microbiology. (4) A study of the more important groups of micro- 
organisms. Major emphasis will be placed on the bacteria and their 
activities. (2-4) 

227. Survey of Non-vascular Plants. (4) Representative species of non- 
vascular plants (algae, fungi, mosses and others) will be examined with 
emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. (2-4) 

228. Survey of Vascular Plants. (4) A comparative phylogenetic survey 
of the vascular plants with emphasis on the structure, reproduction, and 
classification of selected types. (2-4) 

231. Invertebrates. (4) A systematic study of invertebrates with 
emphasis on comparative morphology, taxonomy, and phylogenetic rela- 
tionships. (3-3) 

233. Vertebrates. (4) A systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis 
on identification, distribution, classification, adaptations, and ecology. 
(2-4) 

240. Principles of Ecology. (4) Inter-relationships among living systems 
and their environments. Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem 
types. Contemporary problems in ecology. (2-4) 

260. Vertebrate Embryology. (4) A study of vertebrate embryological 
development. (2-4) 

301. Biological Diversity. X (3) A course for secondary school teachers de- 
signed to illustrate selected taxonomic and ecologic principles. 

302. Biological Unity.% (3) A course for secondary school teachers de- 
signed to illustrate important physiologic and genetic principles. 

305. The teaching of Modern and Advanced Biology.t (6) Cooperative 
project between the University and Public Schools. Participation limited 
to experienced teachers of Biology. 

309. Genetics. (3) A study of the principles of inheritance and their 
application to plants and animals, including man. (3-0) 

311. Genetics Laboratory. (1) A laboratory course in the methods of 
breeding some genetically important organisms and of compiling and 
presenting genetic data. Biology 311 may not be taken independently of 
Biology 309. (0-2) 

314. Principles of Evolution. (3) Analysis of the theories, evidences, 
and mechanisms of evolution. (3-0) 

318. Economic Botany. (3) A survey of the Plant Kingdom, giving 
consideration to both the positive and negative importance of plants of 
all groups to man. P— 228 (3-0) 



t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Biology. 

Ill 



Biology 

319. History of Biological Sciences. (3) A survey of the historical back- 
ground and development of the biological sciences together with a 
biographical study of the outstanding biologists and physicians. (3-0) 

321. Animal Parasitology. (4) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and 
arthropod parasites from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life- 
histories, and host-parasite relationships. (2-4) 

334. Entomology. (4) A study of insects from the standpoint of struc- 
ture, development, taxonomy, and phylogenetic relationships. (2-4) 

338. Taxonomy of Seed Plants. (4) A study of the classification of 
seed plants with emphasis on a comparative study of orders and families. 
(2-4) 

340. Ecosystem Dynamics. (4) A course emphasizing major ecological 
processes and the role of human activities in these processes. (3-3) 

351. General Physiology. (4) A course in the physiologic activities of all 
types or organisms, with emphasis on intermediary metabolism and reg- 
ulatory mechanisms. (2-4) 

390. Scientific Communication. (3) An introduction to bibliographic and 
graphic methods, including microscopy, instrumentation, photography, 
scientific drawing and writing, and preparation of manuscripts. P — Per- 
mission of instructor. (2-2) 

391, 392, 393, 394. Special Problems in Biology. (1) Independent library 
and laboratory investigation carried out under the supervision of a 
member of the staff. P — Permission of the instructor. A maximum of 
two of these courses may be scheduled in any semester. (0-3) 

395. Biochemistry. (3) A lecture course in Biochemistry including prin- 
ciples of biochemistry, chemical composition of living systems molecular 
architecture, intermediary metabolism, enzyme kinetics and activity. (3-0) 

396. Biochemistry Laboratory. (1) A course in biochemical techniques 
and methodology to accompany Biol. 395. (0-3) 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

411. Directed Problems in Biology. (1) 

412. Directed Problems in Biology. (1) 

413. Genetic Effects of Radiations (4) 
417. Cytology and Cytogenetics. (4) 
421. Experimental Parasitology. (4) 

425. Comparative Plant Anatomy. (4) 

426. Mycology. (4) 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

112 



Business 

427. Phycology (Algology). (4) 

431. Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. (4) 

433. Advanced Vertebrate Zoology. (4) 

438. Dendrology. (4) 

444. Population Ecology. (4) 

445. Ecological Plant Physiology. (4) 
450. Cellular Physiology. (4) 

453. Comparative Animal Physiology. (4) 

454. Ecological Animal Physiology. (4) 

455. Plant Growth and Development. (4) 
460. Experimental Developmental Biology. (4) 

Business and Accountancy 

Professors Hylton, Carlson, Owen, Scott 
Associate Professor Cook 
Instructor Luckie 
Visiting Lecturer Norman 

BUSINESS 

The major in Business is based on a foundation of account- 
ancy, economic theory, and quantitative methods, with broad 
application courses being available in the areas of management 
policy, marketing, and finance. The major requires 30 hours in 
Business, Accountancy, and Economics, and must include six 
hours of Accountancy, six hours of Economics, and Business 211, 
221, 231, and 251. 

211. Management Policy. (Bus. Adm. 331) (3) Explanation of the pol- 
icies involved in the performance of the basic functions of planning, 
organizing, actuating, and controlling modern business organizations. 
221. Marketing Management. (Bus. Adm. 340) (3) Survey of marketing 
concepts and behavior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the 
distribution of goods and services. 

231. Financial Management. (Bus. Adm. 420) (3) Analysis of financial 
decision making at the level of the individual business enterprise. 
241. Labor Policy. (Bus. Adm. 434) (3) Theories of wage determination, 
employment, and income distribution with emphasis on labor unions and 
the collective bargaining process. 

251. Quantitative Analysis. (Bus. Adm. 460) (3) Study of administrative 
decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty. P-Math 161. 

113 



Accountancy 



261. Legal Environment of Business. (Bus. Adm. 361) (3) Study of the 
legal environment within which business decisions must be made. 
281. Reading and Research. (3) An advanced course devoted to exten- 
sive reading and research in the field of Business. 

ACCOUNTANCY 

The Accountancy curriculum is designed to give all candidates 
for degrees in Business or Economics basic knowledge which is 
essential in understanding and administering business opera- 
tions. For those who elect more than the minimum required 
work, the curriculum makes available opportunity for education 
for the more responsible accounting positions in industry and 
government, and also enables the student to prepare himself for 
the Certified Public Accountant examination. 

A major in Accountancy requires 28 hours in Accountancy, 
including 111, 112, 151, 152, 153, 271, and 273. The remaining 
hours in the major and the required hours in related fields are to 
be selected by the student and the accounting advisor. A point- 
hour ratio of 2.00 to 1 must be attained in courses in account- 
ancy. Students who graduate as Accountancy majors are per- 
mitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North Carolina with- 
out qualifying experience which is otherwise necessary. (The 
point-hour ratio does not apply for C.P.A. examination pur- 
poses. ) 

The senior Accountancy major may have the opportunity to 
obtain practical accounting experience and training through the 
Accounting Internship Program. 

Scholarships and awards, given by national accounting firms 
and the North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- 
ants, are awarded annually to students doing outstanding work 
while pursuing a major in accountancy. 

It is recommended that the student interested in a career in 
accounting begin his Accountancy studies during his freshman 
year. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Accounting. (Old 101, 102) (3,3) The funda- 
mental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, the accounting 
cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. P-lll for 112. 
151, 152. Intermediate Accounting. (Old 201, 202) (3,3) A detailed 
analysis of problems and related theory for typical accounts in financial 
statements. Preparation of special supplementary reports. P-151 for 152. 
153. Cost Accounting. (Old 203) (3) Theory and procedures used in ac- 
cumulating product costs under job lot and continuous process manu- 
facturing procedures. P-112. 



114 



Chemistry 

154. Advanced Cost Accounting. (Old 204) (2) A continuation of Acct. 
153 with the primary emphasis on the accumulation of costs for budget 
development and analysis of performance variances. P-153. 

251. Governmental Accounting. (Old 301) (3) Theory and techniques in 
accounts for non-profit institutions, with special emphasis on local gov- 
ernmental units. Preparation of reports and statements. P-151. 

252. Accounting Systems. (Old 302) (3) A study of the functions which 
must be performed by an adequate accounting system. Methods and pro- 
cedures necessary to accomplish these functions are examined. P-151, 153. 

261. Advanced Accounting Problems I. (Old 401) (3) Advanced prob- 
lems designed as preparation for the student who intends to work for the 
C.P.A. certificate and for those who desire a more thorough background 
in accounting. P-151. 

262. Advanced Accounting Problems II. (Old 402) (3) Advanced work in 
theory and practice of accounting designed to help prepare the student 
for the C.P.A. examination and to enable him to solve complex business 
problems. P-151. 

271. Income Tax Accounting. (Old 403) (5) Unusual treatment of cer- 
tain accounts to comply with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of 
individual and corporate returns. P-151. 

273. Auditing. (Old 404) (3) Designed to familiarize the student with 
the professional standards of the accounting profession, with special em- 
phasis on the attest function of the C.P.A. P-151, 153. 

276. Accounting Internship. (Old 405) (2) The student participates in 
actual operations of a C.P.A. firm and submits reports of his activity. Ap- 
proval of the Accounting Faculty is necessary for enrollment. No credit 
granted until completion of 273. 

281. Current Accounting Theory. (Old 406) (2) A study of current 
problems and controversies in accounting theory. Admission to the class 
is by permission of the instructor only. 

Chemistry 

Professors Nowell, P. J. Hamrick, Miller 
Associate Professors Baird, Blalock, Gross 
Assistant Professors Hegstrom, Noftle 

An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required 
of students who elect to major in this Department. Admission 
to any class is conditioned by satisfactory grades in prerequisite 
courses, and registration for advanced courses must be approved 
by the Department. 

Wake Forest University is on the list of schools approved by 
the American Chemical Society. 

115 



Chemistry 

The following scheduling of chemistry and certain related 
courses is strongly recommended for students considering a 
chemistry major. 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Chemistry 111-112 Chemistry 341-342 

Chemistry 115-116 Chemistry 343-344 

English 111-112 English 153-156 

German 111-112 German 151-152 

Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 113 

Physical Education 111-112 *Electives 9 hours 
*Electives 6 hours 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Chemistry 221-222 Chemistry 373-374 

Chemistry 361-362 Chemistry electives 6 hours 

Chemistry 363-364 *Electives 24 hours 
* Electives 18 hours 

The chemistry major includes a minimum of 30 credit hours 
of lecture courses and 8 credit hours of laboratory courses as 
approved by the Department. 

Ill, 112. College Chemistry. (3,3) Fundamental chemical principles. 

115, 116. Chemistry Laboratory. (1,1) Basic quantitative analysis. (0-3) 

131. Quantitative Analysis. (4) Quantitative analysis for students requir- 
ing additional analytical chemistry. For non-majors. P-112 (3-4) 

221, 222. Organic Chemistry. (3,3) Principles and reactions of organic 
chemistry. P-112 

223, 224. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. (1,1) Synthesis and identifica- 
tion of organic substances. For non-majors. C-221, 222 (0-3) 

S30U, S302L Principles of Chemistry. (3,3) Further study of funda- 
mental chemical principles. For public school teachers. P-112 (3-2) 

S305+. Introductory Organic Chemistry . (3) Introduction to principles 
and reactions of organic chemistry. For public school teachers. P-112 (3-2) 

323. Organic Analysis. (4) The systematic identification of organic 
compounds. P-222 (2-4) 

324. Organic Preparations. (3) A library, conference and laboratory 
course. P-222 (0-6) 

331. Instrumental Analysis. (4) The application of physical methods 
to analysis. P-341 (2-4) 



: ' : Selected on approval of lower division or major adviser as appropriate. 
t Not for credit toward the M.A. degree in chemistry. 

116 



Classical Languages and Literature 



332.+ Analytical Chemistry. (5) The principles and methods of analy- 
tical chemistry. P-341 (3-6) 

341+, 342+\ Physical Chemistry. (3,3) Fundamentals of physical chemis- 
try. P-112, Math 112; C-Phys 111-112. 

343+\ 344+\ Physical-Analytical Laboratory. (1,1) C-341, 342 (0-4) 

361, 362. Inorganic Chemistry. (3,3) Principles and reactions of in- 
organic chemistry. P-342 

363, 364. Organic-Inorganic Laboratory. (1,1) A unified laboratory for 
major students. C-221, 222, 361, 362. (0-4) 

371. Advanced Physical Chemistry. (3) Introduction to quantum chem- 
istry. P-342 

373, 374. Chemical Instrumentation. (1,1) A laboratory course in chem- 
ical instrumentation. P-342 (0-4) 

381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (1) Discussions of contemporary research. 
No credit for one semester. 

391+, 392+. Senior Research. (2,2) Library, conference and laboratory 
work. (0-6) 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

421, 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3,3) 
441. Molecular Structure. (3) 

445. Thermodynamics. (3) 

446. Chemical Kinetics. (3) 

447. Chemical Bonding. (3) 
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 



Classical Languages and Literature 

Professors Earp, C. V. Harris 
Assistant Professors Andronica, Hash 
Instructors Roberts, Templeton 

A major in this Department consists of a minimum of 30 hours 
in either Greek or Latin. Not more than six hours of Greek 271, 
Latin 271, and courses in translation may be counted toward a 
major in the Department of Classical Languages. 



t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Chemistry. 
* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 



117 



Latin 



GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

111, 112. Elementary Greek. (5,5) Greek grammar; selections from 
Greek prose writers and poets; collateral reading on Greek mythology, 
history, and antiquities. 
M T W Th F 9:00 

211. Xenophon. (3) Xenophon: Anabasis, fall term. Thorough drill in 
syntax. 

M W F 8:00 

212. Homer. (3) Homer: Iliad and Odyssey, spring term. Thorough drill 
in syntax. 

M W F 2:00 

222. Plato. (3) Plato: Meno or Apology, Crito, and selections from the 
Phaedo, spring term. 
M W F 10:00 

231. The Greek New Testament. (3) Selections from the Greek New 
Testament, fall term. 
M W F 10:00 

261. Greek Tragedy. (2) Euripides: Medea. This course will include a 
study of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading 
of selected tragedies in translation. 

T Th 11:00 

262. Greek Comedy. (2) Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include 
a study of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading 
of selected comedies in translation. 

T Th 11:00 

271. Greek Civilization. (2) Lectures and collateral reading upon those 
phases of Greek civilization which have particular significance for the 
modern world. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

T Th 2:00 

272. Greek Literature in Translation. (2) A study of selections from 
Greek literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek 
language is not required. 

T Th 2:00 



II 

LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

111, 112. Introductory Latin. (3,3) A course intended for students who 
have never studied Latin and for those who present only one unit of 
Latin for entrance. 

M W F 8:00, 1:00: T Th 8:00, 11:00 

118 



Latin 



151, 152. Grammar, Cicero, Vergil. (3,3) This course will include (a) 
grammar, (b) Cicero's Letters, Vergil's Aeneid. Prerequisite, two units 
of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112. 
M W F 11:00, 2:00; T Th 8:00 

211, 212. Livy, Horace, Pliny. (3,3) Livy: Selections, first semester. 
Horace: Odes and Epodes, Pliny's Letters, second semester. Prerequisite, 
four units of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112 and 151, 152. 
M W F 9:00, 2:00 

221, 222. Tacitus, Horace, Martial. (3,3) Tacitus: Germania and 
Agricola, first semester. Horace: Satires and Epistles; Martial: Epigrams, 
second semester. 

241, 242. Roman Comedy and Satire. (3,3) Selected plays of Plautus 
and Terence, first semester. Petronius and Juvenal, second semester. 

250. Latin Prose Composition. (3) Hours to be arranged. 

261, 262. Roman Philosophy. (3,3) Lucretius, Cicero. 

271. Roman Civilization. (2) This course consists of lectures and col- 
lateral reading upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the 
modern world. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

272. Latin Literature in Translation. (2) A study of selections from 
Latin literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Latin language 
is not required. 



Ill 
CLASSICS 

253. Greek Epic Poetry in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1970-71 and 
alternate years thereafter. 

254. Roman Epic Literature in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1970- 
71 and alternate years thereafter. 

263. Tragic Drama in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1971-72 and al- 
ternate years thereafter. 

264. Greek and Roman Comedy in Translation. (3) To be offered in 
1971-72 and alternate years thereafter. 

119 



Economics 

Economics 

Associate Professor Wagstaff 

Assistant Professors Cage, Himan, Moorhouse 

In addition to the basic course requirements prescribed by 
the College, the major in Economics requires a minimum of 
30 credit hours in the field of Economics, including Economics 
151, 152, 157, 201, and 202. The remaining 15 hours of the Eco- 
nomics major and 12 hours of required work in related fields are 
selected by the students and the Economics advisor. 

Highly qualified majors in Economics may be considered for 
admission to the honors program in Economics. Such candi- 
dates must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR 
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
Economics, complete a satisfactory economics research project, 
and pass a comprehensive oral examination on such project, and 
complete Economics 280 or 281, and either 287 or 288. They are 
then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Economics." 

In addition to the courses listed below, Accountancy 111-112 
and Business Management 241 may be counted toward the 
major requirement in economics. 

111. Introduction to Economics. (3) A one semester survey course 
designed for students who normally elect only one course in the discip- 
line. Will not count toward the basic social science requirement. Credit 
cannot be received for this course and Economics 151 or 152. 

151. Principles of Economics. (3) An introduction to economic analysis, 
with emphasis placed on the roles of consumers, business, labor and gov- 
ernment in a market economy. 

152. Principles of Economics. (3) Attention is focused on the functioning 
of the economy as a whole, and how government decisions affect the per- 
formance of the economy. P-151. 

157. Elementary Statistical Analysis. (3) A study of statistical analysis 
designed to help in decision-making. Hypothesis testing, regression and 
correlation analyses are included. Credit will not be given for this course 
and Math 157, Sociology 380, or Business Administration 368. 

201. Microeconomic Theory. (3) An examination of the basic methods 
of price and distribution theory under various market structures. P-151, 
152. 

120 



Economics 



202. Macroeconomic Theory. (3) A study of Keynesian and post-Key- 
nesian theories about the determination of the level of national income, 
employment and economic growth. P-151, 152. 

258. Advanced Statistical Analysis. (3) An introduction to and use of 
advanced statistical analysis. Problem formulation will be stressed and 
electronic data processing introduced. P-157. 

264. Economic History of the United States. (3) This course may count 
as Economics or History, but not both. See History 264. 

266. Regional Economics. (3) Analysis of the influence economic vari- 
ables have on the spatial distribution of economic activity with consider- 
ation of methods for analyzing the economic structure of urban areas. 
P-151, 152. 

267. International Economics. (3) An introductory study of interna- 
tional trade theory, balances of payments, foreign exchange, trade re- 
strictions and commercial policies. P-151, 152. 

268. Economics of Underdeveloped Areas. (3) A course concerned with 
the economics of underdeveloped countries, their problems of growth and 
development. P-151, 152. 

269. Money and Banking. (3) A study of monetary systems, banking 
structures, banking problems and international finance. P-151, 152. 

270. Social Control of Industry. (3) An analysis of market structure 
with particular reference to organization practices, price formation, effi- 
ciency, and public regulation. P-151, 152. 

271. Public Finance. (3) An examination of the economic behavior of 
government. Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing and 
debt management. P-151, 152. 

273. Comparative Economic Systems. (3) An objective examination of 
the theory and practices of various economic systems, including capital- 
ism, socialism, and communism. P-151, 152. 

274. History of Economic Thought. (3) A historical survey of the main 
developments in economic thought from the biblical period to the twen- 
tieth century. P-151, 152. 

280. Seminar in American Economic Development. (3) The application 
of economic theory and statistical methods to problems and issues in 
American economic progress. P-151, 152, 157. 

281. Contemporary Economic Problems. (3) An economic analysis of 
current issues, with emphasis placed upon the research that precedes 
policy formation. P-151, 152. 

287, 288. Economic Research. (3,3) Independent study and research 
supervised by a member of the economics staff. P-201, 202. 

121 



Education 



Education 

Professors Parker, Memory, Preseren 
Associate Professors Elmore, Hall, Reeves, Syme 
Assistant Professor Hood 

Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that the 
educational profession is important to society and that the 
welfare of mankind is largely determined by the quality of 
educational leadership. One of the major objectives of Wake 
Forest University has been and continues to be the preparation 
of teachers and other professional school personnel. This com- 
mitment was reemphasized by vote of the faculty on November 
18, 1963. 

Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher education 
program, as evinced by selective admission to the program; a 
wide range of approved courses of professional instruction; and 
a closely supervised practicum suitable to the professional needs 
of the students. 

In addition to the professional program, the Department of 
Education provides elective courses open to all students, in- 
cluding those not in teacher education programs. Such courses 
supplement the work of other departments and provide generally 
for the liberal education of all students. 

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department 
of Public Instruction issues the Professional Class A teacher's 
certificate to graduates of the University who have completed 
an Approved Program, including the specified courses in their 
teaching field (s) and the prescribed courses in Education, and 
who receive recommendations from the designated official (s) 
of their teaching area(s) and from the Chairman of the Depart- 
ment of Education. 

Special students not completing an Approved Program are 
required to secure an analysis of their deficiencies for the Class 
A certificate from the Division of Teacher Education of the 
North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction. The 
Wake Forest Department of Education will then plan a program 
to remove these deficiencies. 

Certification requirements for other states should be secured 
from the State Department of Public Instruction in the state 

122 



Education 

where certification is sought. The Wake Forest Department of 
Education will then assist in planning a program to meet certi- 
fication requirements of that state. 

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education 
program occurs normally during the sophomore year. Admission 
involves filing an official application with the Department of 
Education, being screened by a faculty committee, and being 
officially approved by the Department of Education. 

Course Requirements. Junior standing is a general pre- 
requisite for all courses in Education. Psychology 151 and 
Speech 151 are recommended electives. 

The Approved Program of Teacher Education requires can- 
didates to complete successfully 18 semester hours in Education, 
including Education 201, 211, 251, 291, and 331. Education 201 
is taken in the junior year or first semester of the senior year 
but prior to the other required courses. The remaining work 
in the teacher education program is taken simultaneously 
during one semester of the senior year, according to availability 
of programs. 

While enrolled in the block semester, the student will not be 
allowed to take courses concurrently that would interfere with 
being in an assigned student teaching situation for the regular 
public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor 
allowed to take more than one course occurring outside the 
regular school day. 

Major in the Department of Education. Ordinarily, teacher 
education students major in the academic area in which they 
plan to teach. Only students planning to be certificated in the 
broad areas of Science or Social Studies are permitted to major 
in Education. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for Student 
Teaching include: 

1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate- 
level special student. 

2. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken at Wake 
Forest. 



123 



Education 



3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken in the 
area of certification or, in cases of two or more fields of certi- 
fication, in each of the areas. 

4. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education Program. 

5. Successful completion of Education 201. 

6. Approval by a Student Teaching Screening Committee. 

Students are assigned to Student Teaching opportunities on 
the basis of available positions and professional needs of the 
students. The University does not assume the responsibility for 
transportation to the schools during Student Teaching. 

Academic Requirements 

English— 36 hours, including English 111, 112, 153, 156, 301, 323 or 324; 
at least 3 additional hours in a literature course; at least 3 additional 
hours in a language course. 

French— 30 hours, including French 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 223, 224, 
or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212. 

German— 30 hours, including German 151, 152, 211, 212, 217, 218, 219, 
220, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 
212. 

Latin — 24 hours based on two or more high school units; otherwise 30 
hours. 

Spanish— 30 hours, including Spanish 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 223, or 
their equivalents; 9 hours chosen from 222, 224, 225, 226; and at least 
6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212. 

Mathematics — 30 hours, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 321, 
331, 332; others as prescribed by the chairman of the Mathematics 
department. 

Music — 52 hours, which must include 18 hours of Applied Music (includ- 
ing a keyboard proficiency equivalent to Piano 114a). For further in- 
formation consult the Music Department section of this catalog or the 
chairman of the Music Department. 

Physical Education and Health — 44 hours, including Physical Education 
220, 221, 224, 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, 363, 222 or 228, 
and Biology 111, 112. 

Science — 46 to 51 hours, including 8 in Biology, 8 in Chemistry, 8 in 
Physics, 6 in Mathematics, plus further depth in Biology (16 hours), 
Chemistry (21 hours), or Physics (17 hours). Certification is allowed 
in Biology with 24 hours, Chemistry with 29 hours, or in Physics 
with 25 hours. 

124 



Education 



Social Studies — 42 hours, including History 111, 112, 151, 152, Economics 
213, 214, Political Science 151, 152, Sociology 151, 9 additional hours 
of History divided between the American and non-American fields, 
3 additional hours of Sociology, 3 hours of Geography. Certification 
is allowed in each of the fields of Economics, History, Political Science 
and Sociology with 24 hours in that field. 

Speech— 30 hours, including Speech 151, 161, 121, 231, 252, 261 and 152 
or 251 and 272. 

Required Courses 
These courses are required for a teaching certificate. 

201. Foundations of Education. (3) Philosophical, historical, and sociol- 
ogical foundations of education including analysis of contemporary issues 
and problems. 

211. Educational Psychology. (3) General principles of adolescent 
development. The nature, theories, processes, and conditions of effective 
teaching-learning. Appraising and directing learning. Internship. P-201. 

251. Student Teaching. (6) Observation and experience in school-related 
activities. Supervised student teaching. Graded "Pass-Fail". For require- 
ments and prerequisites see pages 123-124. P-201. 

291. Methods and Materials. (3) Methods, materials, and techniques 
used in teaching the various subjects. P-201. 

Teaching of English, each term. 

Teaching of Foreign Languages, fall term. 

Teaching of Health and Physical Education, spring term. 

Teaching of Mathematics, spring term. 

Teaching of Music, spring term. 

Teaching of Science, fall term. 

Teaching of Social Studies, each term. 

Teaching of Speech, spring term. 

331. The School and Teaching. (3) Organization of the school system. 
Bases of education. The curriculum. Major problems of education and 
teaching. The role of the teacher. Psychological aspects of teaching. 
P-201. 

Elective Courses 

301. Audio-Visual Education. (3) A survey of the theory, history, and 
techniques of using audio-visual aids, and their application to the cur- 
rent educational program. 

303. History of European Education. (3) A study of educational theory 
and practice from classical Greece through modern Europe, stressing the 
writers who have contributed to western educational thought. 

125 



Education 



304. History of American Education. (3) A study of education in the 
United States from Colonial days to the present, with special focus on 
the social forces which have influenced American educational thought. 

313. Human Growth and Development. (3) Theories of childhood and 
adolescent development and their educational implications physically, in- 
tellectually, emotionally, socially, and morally. 

321. Measurement and Guidance. (3) Statistical techniques as applied 
to mental and educational measurement; the interpretation and use of 
standard tests, the construction of informal objective tests, and counseling. 

341. Introduction to Counseling. (3) Historical foundations of counsel- 
ing. Counseling theories, techniques, and research, including psycho- 
analytic, client-centered, eclectic, behavioral, and existential approaches. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

405. Sociology of Education. (3) 

407. Philosophy of Education. (3) 

413. Psychology of Learning. (3) 

421. Educational Research. (3) 

431. Foundation of Curriculum Development. (3) 

433. Supervision of Instruction. (3) 

435. Organization and Administration of Education. (3) 

441. Psychology of Counseling. (3) 

443. Vocational Psychology. (3) 

445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship. (3) 

451, 452. Administrative Internship. (3,3) 

483. Readings and Research in Education. (3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

493. Basic Concepts of Remedial Reading. (3) 

494. Advanced Practices in Remedial Reading. (3) 

495. High School Reading. (3) 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

126 



English 

English 
Professors Gossett, Phillips, Snuggs, Wilson 

Associate Professors D. A. Brown, Carter (Chairman), 
Fosso, Kenion, L. Potter, Shorter 

Assistant Professors Drake, Lovett, Raynor 

Instructors Faulhaber, Johnson, McCaskey, 

McDonough, Milner, J. Potter, Richowsky, Small, 
Spear 

Lecturer Shaw 

Courses 111, 112, and 153, 156, for freshmen and sophomores, 
are prescribed for all degrees, and are prerequisites for admis- 
sion to all advanced courses in English. 

The major in English requires a minimum of 30 credit hours, 
of which at least 18 must be taken in the junior and senior years 
in courses numbered 200 and above. The minimum requirement 
for all English majors is five advanced courses in literature. Of 
these, one must be in Shakespeare and an additional one must 
be in English literature before 1700; two must be in English 
literature after 1700; and one must be in American literature. 
The advanced courses must also include a period course and 
one course in each of the two other major genres: poetry and 
fiction. A single course may satisfy more than one of the required 
categories. For example, a course in Chaucer would satisfy the 
requirements for a course in English literature before 1700 and 
a course in poetry. 

Highly qualified English majors are considered by the Depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in English. To be 
graduated with the designation of "Honors in English," they 
must earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 
3.3 on all work in English; complete at least 18 hours in 
advanced courses in English, meeting the distribution require- 
ments for all English majors and including in addition English 
281, 282 (to be taken in the senior year) ; complete satisfactorily 
a senior research paper; and pass a comprehensive examination 
based on a general reading list and on a specialized reading list 
in a special area chosen by the student. 

127 



English 

II. Composition Review.* Essentials of standard usage and the basic 
principles of unity and coherence in sentence and paragraph; frequent 
themes. 

III. English Composition. (3) A basic course in writing, which provides 
training in clear thinking, analytical reading, and effective expression. 

112. Composition and Literature. (3) Continued practice in writing; 
readings in literary types. P-lll 

153. Major British Writers I. (3) Major works of British poets and 
prose writers, including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, and Swift. 
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. P-lll, 112 

154. Major British Writers II. (3) British writers from the Romantic, 
Victorian, and modern periods. Emphasis on reading rather than on 
literary history. May not be taken in the place of English 153 or English 
156. P-lll, 112 

156. Major American Writers.f (3) Major American poets and prose 
writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Emphasis on reading 
rather than on literary history. P-lll, 112 

212. Literary Criticism. (3) Study of the basic principles of the great 
critics with practical application to specific literary works. 

246. Modern Drama. (3) Extensive reading in the works of representa- 
tive European, British and American dramatists from Ibsen to the 
present, with attention to the evolution of modern techniques. 

253. American Fiction. (3) Studies in the novel and the short story, 
with reading of representative works of Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, 
James, and others. 

261. Essay Writing. (2) Primarily for those interested in writing for 
publication, with concentration on the various types of essays; admission 
to the class only after conference with the instructor. Mr. Shaw 



:: Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a re- 
quirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade 
for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student whose writing is unsatis- 
factory, regardless of previous credits in composition. Also the composition of all rising 
juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for proficiency. The writing 
of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in sophomore English; that of 
transfers is checked during the orientation period each fall. For removal of a composition 
condition the student is required to take English 11 during the first semester for which he 
registers following the assignment of the cc. Since English 11 is not taught in the summer 
terms, a summer school student needing to remove a composition condition may repeat 
English 111 without credit. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 

t This course is required of all sophomores in Wake Forest College, on the theory that 
every college student should have an introduction to the literature of his own country. It is 
not required of students who transfer from other standard institutions with credit for the 
regular one-year course in sophomore literature, regardless of the content. 

128 



English 

262.' Short Story Writing. (2) A study of the fundamental principles 
of short fiction writing; constant practice in writing; admission by con- 
sent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw 

264. Advanced Expository Writing. (3) An advanced course in expo- 
sition. Emphasis on logical thinking and on clarity and cogency in organi- 
zational structure and style. May not be taken by a student who has 
already received credit for English 263. Not credited toward an English 
major. P-153, 156, C average in 111, 112, and permission of the instructor. 

Mrs. Raynor 

281, 282. Honors Course in English. (3,3) A conference course for 
senior students who wish to graduate "with Honors in English." Atten- 
tion given to the special reading requirement and the thesis requirement. 

Mr. Potter 

301. The Structure of English. (3) An introduction to the principles and 
techniques of descriptive linguistics applied to contemporary American 
English. The course satisfies a state requirement for public-school cer- 
tification in English. Also open to students who do not plan to teach. 

304. History of the English Language. (3) A survey of the development 
of English syntax, morphology, phonology, and vocabulary from Old 
English to the present day. 

310. Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3) A study of important 
medieval literary works, exclusive of Chaucer's, illustrating literary 
genres, theories of interpretation, and major literary themes. 

311. English Drama to 1580. (3) English dramatic literature from the 
medieval beginnings to 1580, with emphasis on the Cycle Plays, Morali- 
ties, and early secular dramas. Mr. Shorter 

315. Chaucer. (3) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde; some attention to sources and to literary and social background. 

Mr. Shorter 

319. Sixteenth Century Literature. (3) Survey of major non-dramatic 
prose and poetry of Tudor England. Emphasis on Edmund Spenser 
and the later Elizabethans. Mr. FOSSO 

323, 324. Shakespeare. (3,3) An introduction to Shakespeare as a 
dramatist and poet in relationship to his predecessors and contem- 
poraries. A study of eight representative plays in 323, of eight others in 
324. 

326. English Literature, 1600-1660. (3) Non-dramatic prose and poetry 
of the seventeenth century, exclusive of Milton. Consideration of the 
religious, political, and scientific background of the period. Mr. FOSSO 

129 



English 

327. Milton. (3) The poetical works of John Milton, with the concen- 
tration on Paradise Lost, and with the reading of selected prose. 

331. The English Novel to 1832. (3) The history of the English novel 
to 1832. Emphasis on Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, 
Austen, and Scott. Mr. Lovett 

333. The Age of Pope. (3) Representative work of the major English 
writers of the period 1700-1740. Special emphasis upon Swift, Pope, 
Addison, and Steele, but attention also to other significant figures. 

Mr. Kenion 

334. The Age of Johnson. (3) Major English writers from Gray to 
Burns excluding the novelists; special attention to the letter writers and 
to Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Mr. Brown 

337. Romantic Poets. (3) A rapid survey of the beginnings of roman- 
ticism in English literature, followed by a study of Wordsworth, Cole- 
ridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the 
period. Mr. WlLSON 

338. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (3) A reading and critical analysis of 
the poetry of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; some attention to the 
literary movements with which they are associated. Mr. WlLSON 

340. Victorian Novelists. (3) A study of Dickens, Thackeray, the 
Brontes, Eliot, Meredith, with some attention to their contemporaries; 
special attention to the social and literary background. Mr. Drake 

341. The Major Victorian Poets. (3) A study of Tennyson, Browning, 
and Arnold as literary artists and as exponents of the literary, social 
and philosophical concepts of their era. Mr. Drake 

342. From Victorian to Modern. (3) English prose, poetry, and fiction 
from 1860 to 1900, with emphasis upon predominant social and intel- 
lectual currents of the period. Mr. Carter 

345. Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) Selected American and British 
poets of the twentieth century. Miss Phillips 

348. The Modern Novel. (3) Readings in twentieth century British and 
American fiction. Mr. Potter 

355. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3) To include such writers 
as Twain, James, Howells, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. 

Mr. Gossett 

356. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature Since 
1915. (3) Selected topics such as naturalism, the novel of World War I, 
Freudianism, Marxism, existentialism. Mr. Gossett 

358. Whitman and Dickinson. (3) Studies in two major American poets 
of the nineteenth century. MlSS PHILLIPS 

130 



Journalism 



359. Literature of the South. (3) Studies in the poetry and prose of 
the Southern United States, chiefly of the twentieth century. 

370. Satire. (3) A study of the nature and art of literary satire, based 
on examples of various forms and kinds to be selected mostly from 
English and American works subsequent to 1650. Mr. Kenion 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

(Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given 
every year, but at least two will be offered each semester of the 
regular academic year, and normally one will be offered each 
term of the summer session. ) 

410. Literary Criticism. (3) 

415. Studies in Chaucer. (3) Mr. Shorter 

419. English Drama, 1580-1642. (3) 

421. Studies in Spenser. (3) Mr. Fosso 

425. Studies in Seventeenth Century English Literature. (3) 

435. The Major Augustans. (3) Mr. kenion 

443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. (3) Mr. Carter 

444. English Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth 

Centuries. (3) Mr. Wilson 

455. Studies in American Fiction. (3) Mr. Gossett 

457. American Poetry. (3) Miss Phillips 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Journalism 

For a career in the newspaper profession, breadth of academic 
background is essential. The following courses, which provide 
the fundamentals of professional training, are concerned with 
the basic principles of journalistic writing and editing, and with 
a conception of the newspaper as a whole. 

271. Journalistic Writing. (3) Survey of the fundamental principles of 
news-writing; study of news and news values, and of outstanding news- 
papers. P-lll, 112 Mr. Shaw 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

131 



German 

272. Copy-editing. (2) A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline- 
writing, typography, and make-up. P-lll, 112, 271 Mr. Shaw 

274. Special Feature Articles. (2) Practice in writing articles for news- 
papers and magazines, with emphasis on selecting subject, gathering 
material, and on the preparation and sale of manuscripts. P-lll, 112, 
and preferably 271. Mr. Shaw 

277. The Editorial. (2) Analysis of editorial policies of typical news- 
papers, discussions of current events and topics for editorial expression, 
and practice in writing various types of editorials. P-lll, 112, 271, 272 

Mr. Shaw 

278. History of American Journalism. (2) A study of the development 
of the American newspaper, with detailed investigations of representative 
papers and editors, and with special reference to the problems of present- 
day journalism. P-lll, 112 Mr. Shaw 

German 

Professors Fraser, O'Flaherty 
Associate Professor Sanders 
Assistant Professor West 
Instructors Bridgewater, Place 

A major in German requires 30 credit hours, including Ger- 
man 281 and German 285. 

Highly qualified German majors are considered by the De- 
partment for admission to the honors program in German. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, participate in at 
least one senior seminar at this institution, earn a QPR of not 
less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in German, 
complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive 
examination. They are then graduated with the designation of 
"Honors in German." 

Attention is called to the exchange program which Wake 
Forest University maintains with the Free University of Berlin 
(see page 68). 

Ill, 112. Elementary German. (3,3) This course covers the principles 
of grammar and pronunciation, and includes the reading of simple texts. 

151, 152. Intermediate German. (3,3) The principles of grammar are 
reviewed, and there is much reading of selected German prose and 
poetry. P-lll, 112 or equivalent. 

211, 212. Introduction to German Literature. (3,3) The object of this 
course is to acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. 
Parallel readings and reports are assigned. P-151, 152 

132 



German 

217. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) A course in spoken German, 
emphasizing facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to 
phonetics. P-152 or equivalent. 

218. Composition and Grammar Review. (3) A review of the funda- 
mentals of German grammar, with intensive practice in translation and 
composition. P-152 or equivalent. 

219. Advanced Composition. (3) A study of advanced grammar and 
composition. English texts will be translated into German in addition 
to free composition in German. P-218 or equivalent. 

220. German Civilization. (3) A survey of contemporary German cul- 
ture, including a study of its historical development in broad outline. 
The course is conducted in German. P-217 or permission of instructor. 

223, 224. Eighteenth Century German Literature. (3,3) The Enlighten- 
ment and Sturm und Drang are treated in the first semester; Weimar 
Classicism and early Romanticism in the second. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

250. German Literature to 1700. (3) A study of major writers and works 
(in modern German translation) from the Old High German, Middle 
High German, Renaissance and Baroque periods. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I). (3) Poetry, 
prose, dramas and critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-211, 
212 or equivalent. 

264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II). (3) Readings 
from the beginnings of Poetic Realism to the advent of Naturalism. P- 
211, 212 or equivalent. 

281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. (3) Investigation of modern 
literary movements, centering on intensive study of certain works by 
Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus outside reading. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

285. Seminar: Goethe. (3) Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel 
readings in other works by Goethe will be assigned. P-211, 212 

287, 288. Honors Course in German. (2,2) A conference course in German 
literature and in bibliography. A major research paper is required. De- 
signed for candidates for departmental honors. 



133 



History 

History 

Professors Covey, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley, Stroupe, 

Lowell R. Tillett, Yearns 
Visiting Professors Bronner, Tate 
Associate Professors Barnett (Chairman), Berthrong, 

Hendricks, Mullen, Zuber 
Assistant Professors Barefield, McDowell, J. H. Smith 
Instructors Hadley, Platte, Sinclair, Van Meter 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students who com- 
plete the requirements for the bachelor's degree as stated else- 
where in this catalog and take their major in History. The 
History major is 33 semester hours and must include History 
111, 112, 151, and 152, or their equivalents. In addition, a 
prospective major must complete History 381, or its equivalent. 
No credit will be recommended for the course until a grade of 
at least C is awarded for the major paper. The remaining 18 
hours of the History major and 18 hours of required work in 
related fields are selected by the student and a History adviser. 

Highly qualified History majors are considered by the depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in History. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
History, complete satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a 
comprehensive written examination. They are then graduated 
with the designation of "Honors in History." For additional 
information consult members of the History staff. 

Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take 
required and general survey courses early in their college 
careers, should include the course in Historiography, and should 
acquire a reading knowledge of one modern foreign language 
(preferably French, German or Russian) for the M.A. degree 
and two for the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the 
Master of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest University 
consult the Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies. 

Ill, 112. Modern Europe. (3,3) Europe in its world setting from the 
Renaissance to the present. Prospective History majors should take this 
course in the freshman year. P-lll for 112 STAFF 

134 



History 

151, 152. The United States. (3,3) Political, social, economic, and intel- 
lectual aspects. Prospective History majors should take this course in 
the sophomore year. 151: before 1865; 152: after 1865. Staff 

215, 216. The Ancient World. (2,2) Critical focus on the Greeks in the 
fall, and Romans in the spring, but in global context of paleolithic to 
medieval; psychological-philosophical stress. Mr. Covey 

220. The Reformation. (2) Europe in the 16th century with religious, 
social, and intellectual developments stressed. Mr. Barefield 

221. The Renaissance. (3) Western Europe, 1300-1520, with social, cul- 
tural, and intellectual developments stressed, and with particular atten- 
tion given to Italy. Mr. Barefield 

240. History of the American Negro. (3) The role of Afro- Americans 
in the development of the United States with particular attention to 
African heritage, forced migration, Americanization, and influence. 

Mr. Smith 

257, 258. The South. (3,3) Geography, population elements, basic insti- 
tutions, and selected events. Mr. Smiley 

264. Economic History of the United States. (3) The economic develop- 
ment of the United States from colonial beginnings to the present. This 
course may count as History or Business Administration, but not both. 

Mr. Perry 

265. American Diplomatic History. (3) An introduction to the history 
of American diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public 
opinion on fundamental policies. Mr. Perry 

271. 272. Latin American. (3,3) Colonial: fall; national: spring; cul- 
tural-configurational approach. Mr. Covey 

287, 288. Honors Course in History. (3,3) A two-semester sequence of 
seminars on problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Designed 
for seniors who are candidates for distinction in history. Staff 

311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. (3,3) Intel- 
lectual trends in Western European Civilization. Fall: seventeenth and 
eighteenth centuries; spring: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

Mr. Berthrong 

315. The Middle Ages. (3) A survey of European history, 400-1300, 
stressing social and cultural developments. Mr. Barefield 

316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. (3) 
The structure of society, the nature of law, church-state relations, intel- 
lectual developments. P-315 or permission of instructor. Mr. Barefield 

135 



History 

319, 320. Germany. (3,3) Fall: origins of the German nation and the 
rise of Prussia in a context of particularism. Spring: from the Reich of 
Bismarck to divided Germany. Mr. McDowell 

323, 324. England. (3,3) A political and social survey, with some atten- 
tion to continental movements. Fall: to 1603; spring 1603 to present. 

Messrs. Barnett, Hadley 

325. 326. Tudor and Stuart England. (3,3) An intensive constitutional 
and social study of the period. Fall: the Tudors; spring: the Stuarts. 

Mr. Barnett 

329, 330. Modern England. (3,3) Political, social, economic, and cul- 
tural history of England since 1714. Fall: to 1815; spring: since 1815. 
(Not offered 1970-71.) Mr. Hadley 

331, 332. Russia. (3,3) Primarily political, with some attention to cul- 
tural and social developments. Fall: the Russian Empire; spring: the 
Soviet Union. Mr. Tillett 

335, 336. Twentieth Century Europe. (3,3) Emphasis on international 
questions and the changing position of Europe in the world. Fall: 1914 
to 1939; spring: 1939 to the present. Mr. McDowell 

341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. (3,3) From the 
earliest times to the present; special attention to religion, social organiza- 
tion, economy, literature, art, and architecture. Mr. GOKHALE 

343. Imperial China. (3) Development of traditional institutions in 
Chinese society to 1644; attention to social, cultural and political factors, 
emphasizing continuity and resistance to change. Mr. Sinclair 

344. Modern China. (3) Manchu Dynasty and its response to the West- 
ern challenge; 1911 Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists; 
Chinese Communist society; Cultural Revolution. Mr. Sinclair 

345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (3,3) An introduction 
to the history and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical 
developments in the social, economic, and cultural life. Mr. GOKHALE 

347, 348. Modern India. (3,3) The historical development of India since 
1600. Topics include the Mughal Empire, the growth of British rule, and 
the Western impact on the emergence of modern India. 

Mr. GOKHALE 

349, 350. East Asia. (3,3) An introduction to the social, cultural, and 
political development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall: to 1600; spring: 
since 1600. (Not offered 1970-71.) Mr. Sinclair 

136 



History 

351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. (3,3) The 
relationship between ideas and society. Religion, science, education, arch- 
itecture and immigration are among the topics discussed. Mr. Zuber 

353. Colonial America. (3) The background and development of colonial 
America to 1763. Emphasis on political, social, economic, and cultural 
characteristics as they became uniquely American. Mr. Hendricks 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America 1763-1820. (3) The 
American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Con- 
stitution, and the new nation. Mr. Hendricks 

355. The Westward Movement. (2) The role of the frontier in United 
States history, 1763-1890. Mr. Smiley 

359. Recent American History I. (3) From the Populist Era to the 
"Roaring-Twenties," including reform movements, imperialism, progres- 
sivism, and World War I. Mr. Smith 

360. Recent American History II. (3) From the "Roaring-Twenties" to 
contemporary times, including the Great Depression, the New Deal, 
World War II and post-war developments. Mr. Smith 

362. American Constitutional History. (3) Origins of the constitution, 
the controversies involving the nature of the union, and constitutional 
readjustments to meet the new American industrialism. Mr. Yearns 

367, 368. North Carolina. (3,3) Selected phases of the development of 
North Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present. Fall: to 1789; 
spring: since 1789. Mr. Stroupe 

381. Historical Methods and Research. (3) For History majors. Orienta- 
tion in historical methodology, instruction in the bibliographical tools, and 
individual research and writing. Staff 

391, 392. Historiography. (2,2) A survey of the principal historians 
and their writings from ancient times to the present. Fall: European 
historiography; spring: American historiography. Mr. Perry 



Courses for Graduate Students 

411, 412. Seminar in Modern European History. (3,3) 

Mr. Tillett 

435. European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. (3) 

Mr. Mullen 

137 



Mathematics 



436. Europe Since 1939 (3) Mr. McDowell 

442. Seminar on Southeast Asia. (3) Mr. Gokhale 

445. Traditional India. (3) Mr. Gokhale 

447. Seminar on Modern India. (3) Mr. Gokhale 
451, 452. Seminar in United States History. (3,3) Mr. Smiley 

458. Civil War and Reconstruction. (3) Mr. Yearns 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Staff 

Mathematics 

Professors Gentry, Sawyer, Seelbinder 

Visiting Professor Brauer 

Associate Professors Gay, Gaylord May, Graham May, 
Waddill 

Assistant Professors Baxley, Howard, Frank L. Scott 

Instructor Daniel J. Richman 

Vice President Lucas 

This Department offers basic courses in each of the main 
divisions of Mathematics: algebra, analysis, geometry, applied 
mathematics. 

A major in this Department (33 hours) must include courses 
111, 112, 113, 121, 311, 321, 331. 

Any student preparing to teach mathematics in the secondary 
school should include in his program courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 
321, 331, 332. 

Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered by the 
Department for admission to the honors program in Mathe- 
matics. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn 
a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all 
work in Mathematics, complete satisfactorily a senior research 
paper and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. 
They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in 
Mathematics." For additional information consult members 
of the Mathematics staff. 

138 



Mathematics 



102. Principles of Mathematics. (3) Selected topics of pre-calculus 
mathematics for non-science students. No student will be allowed credit 
for both 105 and 102. 

105. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. (3) Pre-calculus mathe- 
matics. No student will be allowed credit for both 105 and 102. 

Ill, 112, 113. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III. (3,3,3) Dif- 
ferential and integral calculus and an investigation of the basic ideas of 
analytic geometry. 

121. Linear Algebra. (3) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transforma- 
tions and matrices, linear groups and determinants. 

142. Introduction to Axiomatic Methods. (3) A sophomore-level course 
to facilitate the transition from courses which emphasize problem solving 
to those in which the emphasis is on proving theorems. 

157. Introduction to Probability. (3) Probability and distribution func- 
tions, permutations and combinations, means and variance. One who takes 
this course may not receive credit for Econ. 157 or Soc. 380, or Bus. 
Ad. 368. 

161. Modern Finite Mathematics. (3) Sets, mathematical models, 
probability, matrices, linear programming, decision theory, and theory of 
games. 

162. Analysis for the Biological Management and Social Sciences. (3) 
Selected topics in analytic geometry and differential and integral calculus. 
No student will be allowed credit for both 162 and 111. 

251. Differential Equations. (3) First order equations, theory and 
solutions of higher order linear equations, series solutions, existence 
and uniqueness theorems. 

255. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer I. (1) An intro- 
duction to Fortran programming. One hour lecture, two hours laboratory 
for one-half semester. 

256. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer II. (3) A con- 
tinuation of Math 255, including PL/1, Symbolic Programming Systems, 
and basic machine language. (2-2) 

294. History of Mathematics. (3) The development of mathematics, 
together with a study of the lives of leading mathematicians. P-113 

301+. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers. (3) Number systems and 
associated mathematical structures (groups, rings, fields). 

139 



Mathematics 



302+. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers. (3) Euclidean geometry 
with a brief introduction to non-Euclidean geometries. 

311+, 312. Advanced Calculus. (3,3) Elementary metric space topology, 
integration, differentiation, infinite series, implicit and inverse function 
theorems, integral theorems of vector analysis. 

317, 318. Theory of Functions. (3,3) Limits, implicit functions, power 
series, double series, Cauchy's Theorem and its applications, residues, 
Riemann surfaces, conformal mapping. 

321+, 322. Modern Algebra. (3,3) Groups, fields, rings, determinants, 
matrices, linear dependence, linear transformations, quadratic and 
bilinear forms. 

323, 324. Determinants and Matrices. (3,3) Basic concepts and theorems 
concerning determinants and matrices including some of the recent and 
most important results in the study of algebraic matrices. 

331+, 332. Geometry. (3,3) Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. 

333. Introduction to Topology. (3) Topological properties of spaces 
including Euclidean, metric and Hausdorff spaces. 

335. Projective Geometry. (3) Synthetic and analytic treatment cen- 
tering around Desargue's Theorem and the principal of projectivity. 

345, 346. Theory of Numbers. (3,3) Properties of integers, congruences, 
theorems of Fermat and Wilson, primitive roots, arithmetic functions, 
quadratic reciprocity, sums of squares. 

348. Combinatorial Analysis. (3) Generating functions, the principle of 
inclusion and exclusion, partitions and graph theory. 

351, 352. Applied Analysis. (3,3) Vector analysis, complex integration 
vector spaces, linear transformations, Fourier Series, special functions, 
partial differential equations, calculus of variations. 

355. Numerical Analysis. (3) A computer-oriented study of various 
analytical and numerical methods. (2-2) 

357, 358. Statistics. (3,3) Probability distributions, mathematical ex- 
pectation, sampling distributions. Introduction to estimation and testing 
of hypotheses, regression and correlation and analysis of variance. C. 113. 

381+. Research (2) Library and conference work performed on an 
individual basis. Open only to students with superior records. Six hours 
per week. P-permission of the staff. 



t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Mathematics. 

140 



Military Science 



Courses for Graduate Students* 
411, 412. Real Analysis. (3,3) 
413, 414. Complex Analysis. (3,3) 
421, 422. Abstract Algebra. (3,3) 
423, 424. Seminar on Theory of Matrices. (1,1) 
431. General Topology. (3) 
433. Algebraic Topology. (3) 
435. Differential Geometry. (3) 
443. 444. Seminar on Number Theory. (1,1) 
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Military Science 
Colonel Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr., Professor 
Major Raymond E. Burrell, Assistant Professor 
Major Thomas C. Richardson, Assistant Professor 
Captain Oliver B. Ingram, Jr., Assistant Professor 
Captain Westford D. Warner, Assistant Professor 
Master Sergeant David Tinga, Assistant 
Master Sergeant Thomas L. Johnson, Assistant 
Sergeant First Class Edgar E. Shiver, Assistant 
Sergeant Kenneth A. McElhaney, Assistant 

The ROTC program is composed of a Basic Course (academic 
freshmen and sophomores) and an Advanced Course (academic 
juniors and seniors). 

The Basic Course seeks to develop initiative and confidence, 
to increase the capacity for leadership, to provide instruction in 
military subjects common to all branches of the Army, and to 
lay a foundation for intelligent leadership. 

The Advanced Course develops further the objectives of the 
Basic Course and enables students to qualify for commissions 
in the Army. Entrance into the Advanced Course is selective, 
based on demonstrated performance and potential. Upon grad- 
uation, students who have completed the Advanced Course 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

141 



Military Science 



receive commissions as Second Lieutenants in the United States 
Army Reserve. Those who have demonstrated outstanding lead- 
ership, scholarship and military aptitude may be designated 
"Distinguished Military Students" and may then apply for a 
Regular Army Commission. 

ROTC textbooks and uniforms are furnished without cost. 
The $20.00 uniform deposit required of each ROTC student, 
less charges for loss or damage, and a $2.00 assessment for the 
Military Ball, are refunded at the end of the school year or upon 
withdrawal from the Course. 

Advanced Course ROTC students receive a monetary allow- 
ance of $50.00 per month, except during the summer camp 
period at the end of the junior year. All summer camp expenses, 
including travel, are paid by the Government. Total remunera- 
tion for the Advanced Course is over $1,300.00. 

Except when credit for previous ROTC or military service is 
allowed, failure to enroll in ROTC as an academic freshman 
will normally preclude later participation. A highly competitive 
program for transfer students and others unable to take ROTC 
during their first two years is available to sophomores. Success- 
ful completion of a six-week basic summer camp prior to the 
junior year will qualify applicants under this program to enter 
the Advanced Course. Transfer students who have previously 
enrolled in any Department of Defense ROTC program usually 
may continue in Army ROTC at Wake Forest. 

ROTC students may apply for and receive a 1-D Selective 
Service deferment after the first semester of the freshman year. 

The contract between the University and the Department 
of the Army requires each student "to devote the number of 
hours to military instruction prescribed by the Secretary of 
the Army." The Department of Military Science therefore 
establishes separate rules on attendance and on procedures 
governing the ROTC program at the University. 

The ROTC Cadet Corps includes a Band, Drill Team, and 
Rifle Team. The latter, accepted as a minor sport, engages in 
intercollegiate competition. Chapters of the national military 
honor societies of Scabbard and Blade and Pershing Rifles are 
actively associated with the ROTC program. 

Exceptional achievement in military leadership and scholar- 
ship is recognized through a number of annual awards sponsored 



142 



Music 

by the President of the University, the Department of the Army, 
military associations and several patriotic organizations. Details 
may be obtained from the Professor of Military Science. 

Courses Offered — Military Science 

111, 112. First Year Basic. (1,1) The role, organization and manage- 
ment of national defense; introduction to basic military skills and lead- 
ership. Academic subject also required.* (l-iy 2 ) 

151, 152. Second Year Basic. (2,2) American military history; methods 
of geographic location and reference; introduction to basic tactics; leader- 
ship application. P-lll, 112 (2-1%) 

211, 212. First Year Advanced. (2,2) Leadership techniques; military 
teaching principles; small unit tactics and communications; advanced 
leadership application. Academic subject also required.* P-151, 152 

(3-iy 2 ) 

251, 252. Second Year Advanced. (2,2) Military operations, logistics, 
administration, and law; active duty orientation; supervision of Leader- 
ship Laboratory program. Academic subject also required.* P-211, 212 

(3-iy 2 ) 

Music 
Professor T. McDonald 

Associate Professors Huber (Chairman), P. S. Robinson 
Assistant Professor Giles 
Instructors L. S. Harris, C. W. Smith 
Part-Time Teachers Felmet, Stone 
Artist In Residence Kalter 

A major in this Department requires 36 hours plus 4 hours of 
Ensemble, f The following course work is required of all Music 
majors: Music 155-156; 157-158; 213; 214; 233-234; and 4 hours 
of Ensemble. 

In addition to the preceding requirements, the following 
courses in Music are specific requirements for each of the follow- 
ing degree programs: Applied Music — 16 hours of Applied 
Music. Church Music — Music 229; 230; 231; 293; 295; and 12 
hours of Applied Organ or Voice. Music Education — Music 143- 
144; 145-146; 147-148; 235-236; 291; 293-294; 295; 12 hours of 
Applied Music; and 15 hours of Education. 

In the preceding curricula Music majors may count only 40 
hours of Music toward the 128 hours required for graduation. 



f No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not 
more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 

143 



Music 

Music majors are required to attend all faculty and student 
recitals and to demonstrate performing ability in student re- 
citals. At the discretion of the music faculty a public recital will 
also be required. 

Qualified Music majors are considered for admission to the 
honors program in Music provided they meet certain preliminary 
requirements and complete the academic requirements for the 
Music major with a minimum QPR of 3.3 in Music and an over- 
all minimum QPR of 3.0. Further requirements are: a memor- 
ized senior recital to include one lesser work assigned two weeks 
before the recital and prepared without the aid of the teacher; 
also the performance in the senior year of two additional memor- 
ized major works to be prepared without the aid of the teacher. 

Applied Music candidates for honors must also present to the 
music faculty a lecture-recital on the tonal and structural anal- 
ysis of the material in the senior recital three weeks before the 
recital. Music Education candidates must prepare a major score 
during the final semester, do the total rehearsing and conduct 
it in a public performance. All candidates for honors in Music 
must complete satisfactorily a comprehensive examination in the 
fields of music theory, music history, and music literature. 



Music Theory 

101. Fundamentals. (3) Music terminology, scales, keys, intervals, 
chords, rhythms, abbreviations and smaller forms. Primarily for students 
not majoring in music, or music majors (without credit) having a 
deficiency in music theory. 

155, 156. Theory. (3,3) Music reading as applied to vocal and keyboard 
performance. Rhythms in scale and interval singing. Ear training based 
on chord study equal to diatonic harmony. P-101, or equivalent. 

157, 158. Theory (3,3) Study of triads, seventh and ninth chords and 
their inversions. Melody harmonization and practical composition in- 
volving modulation in the smaller forms. 

211, 212. Advanced Harmony. (3,3) Study of melody harmonization and 
composition in the smaller forms involving chromatic chords and non- 
harmonic tones. Analysis of passages from standard literature. P-157, 158. 

213. Counterpoint. (3) Strict counterpoint in the five species with two 
to four voices. Also a study of "free" or modern counterpoint. P-157, 158. 

144 



Music 

214. Composition, Form and Analysis. (3) Study of practical compo- 
sition involving harmonic and contrapuntal materials in small and large 
forms. P-157, 158, 213 

217. Introduction to Twelve-Tone Composition. (3) A study of the de- 
vices of serial composition and their application in creative composition 
both in small and large forms. 

235. Orchestration. (2) Study of instrumentation emphasizing orchestral 
styles, with practical experience in scoring for strings, winds, and per- 
cussion. P-158 or permission of instructor. 

236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band. (2) Advanced scoring for the 
orchestra or the contemporary concert band. Selection of the medium 
is made by the student with approval of the instructor. P-235 

Music Literature 

102. Music Appreciation. (3) Open to all students desiring an under- 
standing of music as an element of liberal arts culture and who wish to 
equip themselves for more intelligent appreciation and listening. 

225. Twentieth Century Music. (3) A survey of the major musical styles, 
genre, and media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present. 

226. Jazz. (3) A history of the half-century of Jazz in America, its 
trends, and influences. 

227. Opera. (3) A study of the major operatic works from Gluck to the 
present. (Offered in alternate years.) 

228. The Romantic Symphony. (3) A study of the major symphonic 
compositions from Beethoven and Schubert through Tschaikovsky and 
Mahler. (Offered in alternate years.) 

229. Hymnology. (3) Hymns in their historical religious settings: Greek, 
Latin, Reformation, Metrical Psalms, Anglican, etc. 

230. Church Music and Literature. (3) Survey of the great oratorios, 
cantatas, anthems, and organ compositions of the church. 

231. Music in the Church. (3) Function of the church musician and the 
relationship of his work to the overall church program. 

233, 234. Music History. (3,3) Survey of the history, literature and 
meaning of music, aiming to stimulate intelligent hearing and under- 
standing of music and its social uses. Illustrative recordings. 

237. Bach and Handel. (3) A study of the major musical compositions 
of the two great masters of the late Baroque. (Offered in alternate years.) 

238. Beethoven. (3) An introduction to the music of Beethoven; a study 
of the relationship to his predecessors and contempories and his influence 
on the music of the nineteenth century. (Offered in alternate years.) 

145 



Music 

Methods* 

291. Education-Teaching of Music. (3) Teaching and supervision of 
choral and instrumental music in the public schools, grades 1-12. P-157, 
158 

293, 294. Education-Voice Methods. (1,1) Survey of voice technic with 
demonstration and application. Primarily for students preparing for 
choral conducting. 

295. Education-Choral and Instrumental Conducting. (3) Principles of 
conducting. P-157, 158 

297, 298. Education-Piano Literature. (2,2) Survey course of piano 
teaching materials. Several large works from the standard repertoire will 
be studied in detail during the second semester. 

Ensemblef 

109, 110. Orchestra. (1,1) Study and performance of works from the 
classical and modem repertoire. 

Ill, 112. Choir. (1,1) Study and performance of sacred and secular 
choral literature. This organization forms the chapel choir. A selected 
group forms the touring choir. 

113, 114. Band. (1,1) Concert Band: Study and performance of the 
standard band repertoire in regular campus and public appearances 
including an annual tour. 

Varsity Band: For those students who lack the necessary time and pro- 
ficiency to participate in the Concert Band. 

Marching Deacons Band: Performs for most of the football games and 
rehearses during the first half of the fall semester at the Concert Band 
time. 

115, 116. Accompanying. (1,1) Study of the elements of accompanying 
through class discussion and studio experience. One class meeting per 
week with three assigned laboratory periods. 

Applied Music 

Applied Music courses are open to all college students with 
the approval of the instructor. Applied Music Students are 
expected to attend all departmental Recital Hours. The follow- 
ing descriptions are suggested performance levels for the four 
years of study in the various fields of concentration. 



* Each course in this division may count as either Music or Education, but choice must 
be indicated at registration. 

t No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not 
more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 

146 



Music 

Lesson and Practice Schedule 

Students enrolled in any Applied Music course will note the 
following schedule of weekly lessons and practice: 

One half hour lesson with minimum of five hours practice. 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 

One hour lesson with minimum of ten hours practice. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

Note: All examinations in Applied Music courses will be given by the 
Music Department faculty and grades will be determined by this group. 

Piano 

Ilia, 114a. Scales, chords, inversions, appropriate standard literature 
with emphasis on sight-reading; harmonization, simple transposition. 
Primarily a functional approach for instrumentalists. 

The following literature for each year of study indicates the desirable 
proficiency attainment. Students who do not major in music are per- 
mitted to begin and pursue piano study at any level of advancement. 

Ill, 112. Bach, Two Part Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 14, No. 1; 
Chopin, Prelude, Op. 28, No. 17. 

113, 114. Bach, Sinfonia; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 10, No. 1; Chopin, 
Etude, Op. 10, No. 9. 

211, 212. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 27, 
No. 1; Brahms, Intermezzo, Op. 118, No. 2. 

213, 214. Bach, English Suites; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 31, No. 2; 
Copland, Passacaglia. 



Organ 

111, 112. Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing; 
Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing. 

113, 114. Pedal scales; smaller Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Chorale 
Preludes; simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing. 

211, 212. More difficult Bach Preludes and Fugues and Chorale Pre- 
ludes; selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc. 

213, 214. Larger Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Trio Sonatas; selected 
modern composers of all Schools; Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. 

147 



Music 

Voice 

This curriculum gives the student every opportunity to master the art 
of singing from posture and breathing to the singing of the great arias 
and songs of the classics. 

Ill, 112. Establishment of correct breath and pronounciation habits. 
Early Italian and English songs. 

113, 114. Moderately difficult arias of the Classic period and early Ro- 
mantic art songs. Participation in student recitals. 

211, 212. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult songs and 
arias of the Romantic period in original languages. Participation in stu- 
dent recitals, oratorio, and music-drama. 

213, 214. Attention to developing individual style and interpretation. 
More difficult songs and arias of all periods in original language. Senior 
recital. 

Orchestra and Band Instruments 

The following instruments are designated by course numbers 111, 112, 
113, 114, 211, 212, 213, and 214 corresponding to eight successive 
semesters. 



Flute 


Trumpet 


Violin 


Oboe 


French Horn 


Viola 


Clarinet 


Trombone 


Cello 


Bassoon 


Euphonium 


Double Bass 


Saxophone 


Tuba 


Percussion 



Studies of progressive difficulty covering tone production, scales, and 
technical studies, all articulations or bowings, embellishments, phrasing, 
etudes, solo and small ensemble repertoire, excerpts from band and 
orchestral literature and applied transpositions. 

Secondary Courses 

143, 144. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals 
of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. Twice weekly 
with minimum of five hours practice. 

145, 146. String Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing and 
teaching all members of the string family. Twice weekly with a minimum 
of five hours practice. 

147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing 
and teaching all members of the woodwind family. Twice weekly with 
minimum of five hours practice. 

151, 152. Voice Class. (1,1) Offered to two or more students preparing 
for private voice course. Minimum of five hours practice weekly. 

148 



Philosophy 



Applied Music Fees 



Students enrolled for individual or class study in applied 
music as offered above will note the following schedule of 
semester fees, in addition to tuition, payable to the Treasurer 
not later than November 1 and March 1, respectively. 

One hour lesson per week $80.00 

One half hour lesson per week (voice and instruments only) 50.00 

Class instruction (maximum fee per student) 30.00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one 

hour daily) 6.00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two 

hours daily) 10.00 

Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00 

Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00 

Other instrument rental per semester 5.00 

Philosophy 

Professor Helm 

Associate Professors Hester, Pritchard (Chairman) 

Assistant Professor Lewis 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students 
in Philosophy, was established in 1934 through an endowment 
provided by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from the en- 
dowment is used for the seminar library, which now contains 
about 4,000 volumes. Additional support for the library and 
other departmental activities is provided by the A. C. Reid 
Philosophy Fund, which was established in 1960 by friends of 
the Department. The furniture in the library and seminar room 
was donated in honor of Mr. Claude Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs. 
W. A. Hough by their families. 

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible 
the establishment of a lectureship and a seminar. The late 
Guy T. Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, has endowed the 
Guy T. and Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift 
from Mr. James Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, California, 
has established the James Montgomery Hester Philosophy 
Seminar. 

The Department invites highly qualified majors to apply for 
admission to its honors program. In order to graduate with 
"Honors in Philosophy," the candidate must complete a satis- 

149 



Philosophy 

factory senior research paper for Philosophy 299 and pass an 
examination, which may be oral or written or both, on the paper 
and selected subjects; in addition the candidate must attain a 
QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work 
in Philosophy. 

A major in this Department requires 24 credit hours, includ- 
ing Philosophy 161, 211, 212, 261, 297, and 298. 

151. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (3) An examination of the basic con- 
cepts of several representative philosophers, including their accounts of 
the nature of knowledge, man, God, mind, and matter. 

161. Logic. (3) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, 
recognition of fallacies, and logical analysis. 

202. Medieval Philosophy. (3) An examination of the major philosoph- 
ical schools of the Middle Ages, concentrating on the thought of the 
Christian Scholastics. P-151. 

211. Continental Rationalism. (3) A study of the doctrines of mind, 
matter, God, and nature in the philosophies of Descartes, Spinoza, and 
Leibniz. P-151. 

212. British Empiricism. (3) An examination of the philosophies of 
Locke, Berkeley, and Hume, with special attention to problems of knowl- 
edge and ethics. P-151. 

221. Contemporary Philosophy. (3) A study of philosophical thought in 
the twentieth century, including analytical philosophy, phenomenology, 
and existentialism. P-151. 

230. Plato. (3) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues covering Plato's 
major contributions to ethics, metaphysics, theory of knowledge, and the- 
ology. P-151. 

231. Aristotle. (3) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on meta- 
physics, ethics, and theory of knowledge. P-151. 

241. Kant. (3) A detailed study of the selected writings covering Kant's 
major contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and 
religion. P-151. 

242. Hegel. (3) An examination of metaphysics, logic, epistemology, 
ethics, and philosophy of history in Hegel's major works. P-151. 

261. Ethics. (3) A critical study of selected problems and representa- 
tive works in ethical theory. P-151. 

279. Philosophy of Science. (3) A systematic exploration of the concept- 
ual foundations of scientific thought and procedure. P-151. 

150 



Physical Education 



285. Philosophy of Art. (3) A critical examination of several philoso- 
phies of art, with emphasis upon the application of these theories to 
particular works of art. P-151. 

287. Philosophy of Religion. (3) A systematic analysis of the logical 
structure of religious language and belief, including an examination of 
religious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the na- 
ture and existence of God. P-151. 

290. Readings in Philosophy. (3) A discussion of several important 
works in philosophy or closely related areas. P-151. 

294. Seminar in Epistemology . (3) A comprehensive survey of philo- 
sophical conceptions of knowledge. P-151. 

295. Seminar in Metaphysics. (3) A comparative study of traditional 
and contemporary approaches to metaphysics. P-151. 

297, 298. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. (3,3) A careful 
examination of selected topics in philosophy. P-151. 

299. Honors. (3) Directed research for honors paper. 

Physical Education 

Professor Barrow* 

Visiting Professsor Jackson 

Assistant Professors Casey, Crisp, Ellison, Pollock, 
Rhea 

Instructors Mary G. Cage, Clougherty, Dawson, Le- 
feavers, Stark 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to 
organize, administer and supervise the following programs: (1) 
Required Physical Education Program consisting of condi- 
tioning activities, varied team and individual sports, special 
corrective and remedial instruction to all students with physical 
problems according to the individual's need, and to teach some 
basic information on posture and body mechanics, physiological 
principles 5 and practical health facts which must be observed 
to maintain a state of health and physical fitness. (2) Intra- 
mural Sports Program which allows all students to participate 
and specialize in sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3) 
Supervised Recreation Program consisting of varied recrea- 
tional and leisure time activities. (4) Professional Curriculum 
Program which will offer the necessary training for those in- 



Absent on leave, Fall 1969. 

151 



Physical Education 



terested in the fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation 
and Athletic Coaching. 



Required Physical Education 

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen 
and transfer students who have not complied with this require- 
ment. For those men enrolled in ROTC Physical Education 
111 and 112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore 
year but must be completed by the end of that second year 
of attendance in Wake Forest College. Not more than four 
hours of required or elective physical education may be counted 
toward graduation. 

Ill, 112. Physical Education. (1,1) A basic course consisting of body 
mechanics, basic health and physiological principles, dance, exercise and 
sports designed to develop fundamental skills. Students' needs and in- 
terests will be met through controlled election of activities based upon 
standardized proficiency examination and/ or previous experiences. 

Ill, 112. Physical Education (Special). (1,1) A course consisting of 
remedial instruction or limited activity for students with special problems, 
handicaps or medical excuses. 



Elective Physical Education 

For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities 
beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any 
two of the courses listed below may be elected for credit toward 
graduation. Prerequisite, Physical Education 111-112. 



Hours to be arranged 

159. Beginning Golf 

160. Intermediate Golf 

161. Beginning Badminton & 
Tennis 

162. Fundamentals of Dance 

163. Dance Choreography 

164. Gymnastics 

165. Beginning Bowling 

166. Beginning and Inter- 
mediate Swimming 

167. Advanced Swimming; 
Beginning Scuba 



Credit. 1 hour each 

168. Life Saving; Water Safety 
Inst. Course 

169. Weight Training and 
Conditioning 

170. Handball: Squash Racquets 

172. Water Ballet; Synchronized 
Swimming 

173. Conditioning; Body 
Mechanics 

174. Intermediate Badminton 
and Tennis 

175. Intermediate Bowling 

176. Marksmanship Sports 



152 



Physical Education 



Courses for Major Students 

Students desiring to elect a major in Health and Physical 
Education and to satisfy the state requirements for a teaching 
certificate must be of Junior standing, and will be required to 
have Biology 111 and 112, and a minimum of 35 hours in Health 
and Physical Education. The following courses are required 
of all major students: 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, 
and 363. Men students must take 220, 221, 222, and 224. 
Women students must take all of these except 222 for which 
they substitute 228. The remaining hours may be selected 
from 271, 376, and 381. 

Physical Education major students who are considering grad- 
uate study should take course 381 as an elective. Education 291 
is to be taken by students completing requirements for a 
teaching certificate. 

Physical Education majors with superior records are con- 
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program 
in Physical Education. These students must meet certain cri- 
teria which have been established by the department, earn a 
QPR of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all hours 
required for the major in Physical Education, participate satis- 
factorily in Physical Education 381, and pass a comprehensive 
written examination. Upon satisfactory completion of these 
requirements, they will be recommended for graduation with 
"Honors in Physical Education." 

211. Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. (2) A presentation 
of the physiological, psychological, and sociological foundations of per- 
sonal health and physical fitness. 

220. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics, Aquatics, and Dance. (3) 
Presentation of knowledge and skill in gymnastics, aquatics, and dance, 
and knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and coaching of 
these activities. 

221. Methods and Materials in Recreational Games and Sports, and 
Folk Dance. (3) Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching 
recreational sports, games of low organization, and folk dance. 

222. Theory of Coaching Sports (Men). (3) Presentation of the know- 
ledge of methods and materials in coaching football, basketball, baseball, 
and track and field. 

153 



Physical Education 



224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. (3) Theory 
and practice in organization and teaching of selected team and individual 
sports included in a comprehensive physical education program. 

228. Methods and Materials in Women's Sports (Women). (3) Presen- 
tation of knowledge and skill in team sports for women, and a knowledge 
of methods and materials in teaching and officiating. 

251. Principles of Physical Education. (3) A general introductory course 
and orientation into physical education and its relation to general educa- 
tion and the present organization of society. 

254. First Aid; Athletic Injuries. (1) A course in practical application 
of first aid and treatment of minor athletic injuries. 

258. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education. 
(3) A course in problems and procedures in Health and Physical Educa- 
tion and the administration of an interscholastic athletic program. 

271. Recreation Leadership. (3) This course emphasizes the various 
theoretical and practical aspects of leadership in various types of recrea- 
tion. 

352. Anatomy and Physiology. (3) A course to provide students of 
physical education with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure 
and physiologic function of the human body. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. (3) This course presents the many effects 
of muscular activity on the processes of the body which constitutes the 
scientific basis of Physical Education. 

355. Adapted Physical Education. (2) A course in body mechanics and 
kinesiology dealing with a program for all handicapped and special 
problems in Health and Physical Education. 

356. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. 
(2) A course in measurement techniques and beginning statistical pro- 
cedures to determine pupil status in established standards of health and 
physical education which reflect the prevailing educational philosophy. 

357. Kinesiology. (3) An analysis of human movement in motor skills 
based on anatomic, physiologic and mechanical principles. 

363. Personal and Community Health. (3) A course presenting personal, 
family, and community health and the significant developments and cur- 
rent research in the field. 

371. Motor Learning and Performance. (3) Motor skill learning and 
performance are analyzed on the basis of psychological principles and 
concepts, with special reference to the nature of learning, characteristics 
of the learner, and management of the learning environment. 

154 



Physics 

376. Organization and Administration of Recreation. (3) A course in 
recreational problems and the administration of the several types of 
recreation. 

381. Research in Physical Education. (3) A study of research methods 
and design, with special emphasis on selecting, denning, and analyzing 
potential problems. 

Physics 

Professors Turner, Brehme, Shields, 

G. P. Williams, Jr. 
Assistant Professor Woldseth 

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the re- 
quirements for a B.S. Degree with a major in Physics are: 

1. A minimum of 33 hours of Physics which must include 
courses 111, 112, 151, 154, 211, 311, 312, 343, 344, 345, 346. 

2. Chemistry 111, 114, 115, 116. 

3. Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 251. 

The following schedule is an example of the kind of course 
selection recommended for a major in Physics: 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Physics 111, 112 Physics 151, 154, 211 

History 111, 112 English 151, 152 

English 111, 112 Math 113, 251 

Language* 151, 152 Religion 

Mathematics 111, 112 Social Science 
Physical Education 111, 112 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Physics 343, 344 Physics 311, 312 

Physics 345, 346 Physics Electives 

Philosophy Other Electives 

Chemistry 
Electives 

Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by the Depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in Physics. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
Physics, complete satisfactorily Physics 381 and pass a com- 
prehensive written examination. They are then graduated with 
the designation of "Honors in Physics." For additional infor- 
mation consult members of the Physics staff. 

* German or Russian is preferred; French is allowed. The student 
should refer to the language requirement of the College on page 92. 

155 



Physics 

101, 102. Natural Philosophy. (3,3) A study of the history, philosophy 
and social impact of the physical sciences. 

105. Descriptive Astronomy. (3) An introductory study of the universe, 
from the solar system to the galaxies. 

Ill, 112. General Physics. (4,4) The basic course, without calculus, for 
freshmen and sophomores. (3-2) 

151, 152. Introductory Mechanics. (3,3) The fundamental principles of 
mechanics, wave motion, and heat. P-Math 111 

154. Mechanics Laboratory. (1) Classical experiments performed with 
special attention given to analysis of errors. (0-3) 

211, 212. Introductory Electricity. (4,4) The fundamental principles of 
electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics. P-112, Math 112. (3-2) 

230. Electronics. (3) Elements of electron theory as applied to vacuum 
tubes, transistors, and associated circuitry. P-112, Math 112 

301, 302. Advanced General Physics.t (4,4) A course designed for 
science teachers. Credit is not allowed for graduate students in the 
Department of Physics. (3-2) 

311. Mechanics. (3) A senior level treatment of analytic classical 
mechanics. P-152, Math 251. 

312. Electromagnetic Theory. (3) A senior level treatment of classical 
electromagnetic theory. P-211, Math 251. 

343, 344. Modern Physics. (3,3) Application of the elementary princi- 
ples of quantum mechanics to atomic and molecular physics. 

345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (1,1) The laboratory associated 
with Physics 343, 344. (0-3) 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (3) A study of the 
laws of thermodynamics and the kinetic theory of molecular motion. 

352. Physical Optics and Spectra. (3) Physical optics and the quantum 
treatment of solid state, molecular and atomic spectra. P-343. 

381. Research. (2) Library, conference and laboratory work performed 
on an individual basis. (0-6) 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

412. Classical Mechanics. (3) 

413. Electromagnetism. (3) 

441, 442. Quantum Mechanics. (3) 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

156 



Political Science 



452. Solid State Physics. (3) 

455. Magnetic Properties of Solids. (2) 

456. Seminar on Defects in the Solid State. (2) 
461. Nuclear Physics. (3) 

470. Statistical Mechanics. (3) 

480. Theory of Relativity. (3) 

485. Seminar in Theoretical Physics. (3) 

491, 492 Thesis Research. (3) 

Political Science 

Professor Richards 

Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale 

Associate Professors Fleer (Chairman), Moses, 
Steintrager 

Assistant Professors Broyles, Reinhardt, Schoon- 
maker, Sears, Thornton 

The major in Political Science is 30 hours and must include 
Political Science 151, 230, 251, 260, and three additional hours 
in American Government. The remaining 15 hours in the major 
and 18 hours of required work in related fields are selected by 
the student and the Political Science adviser. One who elects 
Political Science to fulfill the basic requirement in the social 
sciences must take Political Science 151. The additional three 
hours will normally be selected from Political Science 152, 230, 
251, and 260, but any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be 
elected with the permission of the Department. Political Science 
151 is prerequisite for all other courses in the field. Students of 
demonstrated ability, however, may be admitted to advanced 
courses without this prerequisite, with the written approval of 
their major adviser and the instructor concerned. 

Highly qualified Political Science majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program in Political 
Science. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn 
a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all 

157 



Political Science 



work in Political Science, successfully complete several honors 
courses, and pass a comprehensive examination on a research 
project and selected bibliography recommended by the Depart- 
ment. 



American Government 

151. American Institutions and Politics. (3) Introduction to the nature 
and development of American political principles, institutions, and 
processes. STAFF 

152. American Public Policies. (3) Problems and policies of American 
government as related to domestic affairs and foreign relations. Staff 

211. American Political Parties. (3) A systematic examination of 
political parties with particular attention given to party systems, internal 
organizations, the electoral function, and responsibilities for governing. 

Mr. Fleer 

212. Political Behavior. (3) A study of the formation and expression 
of political opinions and the role of political participation in a democratic, 
representative system. Mr. Fleer 

213. Public Administration: Practice and Process. (3) Bureaucracy 
viewed internally. Theory, practice, problems, organization and manage- 
ment of administrative agencies for achieving public goals. 

Mr. Thornton 

214. Public Administration: Policy and Politics. (3) External relations 
of bureaucracy. Agency role in policy formation and implementation. 
Problems of political responsibility. Mr. THORNTON 

218. Legislative Behavior. (3) A systematic examination of the compo- 
sition, authority structures, external influences and procedures of legisla- 
tive bodies in the United States. Mr. Fleer 

221. State and Local Government and Politics. (3) Political patterns, 
organization, processes and problems of U. S. nonnational governments. 

Mr. Thornton 

222. Urban Government and Politics. (3) Political structures and pro- 
cesses in American cities and suburbs as they relate to the social, 
economic, and political problems of the metropolis. Mr. RICHARDS 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Fed- 
eral System. (3) An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the 
three branches of the national government and federal-state relations. 

Mr. Richards 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (3) Judicial inter- 
pretations of First Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights 
of the criminally accused. Mr. Richards 

158 



Political Science 



227. The Judicial Process. (3) An analysis of the role of courts and the 
legal system in the American political process. Mr. RICHARDS 

Comparative Government 

230. Comparative Politics. (3) A comparative analysis of democratic 
and authoritarian political systems in industrial and nonindustrial 
societies. Staff 

231. Great Britain and Western Europe. (3) A study of the British 
political system in comparison with continental European systems, par- 
ticularly those of France and West Germany. Mr. SCHOONMAKER 

232. The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. (3) A comparative exami- 
nation of the political structures and processes of the Soviet Union and 
other selected nondemocratic regimes of Eastern Europe. Mr. MOSES 

233. Politics of Developing Areas. (3) A study of the various social, 
economic, psychological and political problems that beset nation-states 
undergoing the process of industrialization. Mr. SCHOONMAKER 

236. Latin America. (3) A comparative analysis of the structures and 
processes of the political systems in Latin America. Mr. MOSES 

239. Government and Politics in East Asia. (3) An introduction to the 
political culture of East Asia, with primary emphasis on the nature and 
development of political thought and processes in China and Japan. 

Mr. Reinhardt 

240. Government and Politics in Southeast Asia. (3) An introduction 
to the political culture of Southeast Asia with special emphasis on nation- 
building and interregional relations. Mr. Reinhardt 

245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (3) A study of the govern- 
ments of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political 
organizations, party structures, and subnational governmental systems. 

Mr. Gokhale 



International Politics 

251. Fundamentals of International. Politics. (3) An introduction to the 
basic principles and problems of international political life in the 
twentieth century. Mr. Sears 

252. Current Problems in International Politics. (3) An examination of 
one or more of the major problems of contemporary international politics. 

Mr. Sears 

254. American Foreign Policy. (3) A study of the principles and policies 
which characterize America's approach to the world in the contemporary 
period. Mr. Sears 

159 



Political Science 



258. International Relations of the Latin American States. (3) A survey 
of the political relations of the Latin American states among themselves 
and with other states, especially the United States. Mr. MOSES 

Political Philosophy 

260. Introduction to Political Philosophy: Aristotle's Politics. (3) A 
detailed textual examination of parts of Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics 
and Politics. Mr. Broyles 

261. Ancient and Medieval Political Philosophy. (3) Survey of ancient 
and medieval political philosophy from Plato through Marsilius with 
extensive treatment of one or two authors. Mr. Broyles 

262. Modern Political Philosophy. (3) Survey of modern political phil- 
osophy from Machiavelli through Nietzsche with extensive treatment of 
one or two authors. Mr. Steintrager; 

263. Twentieth Century Political Thought. (3) Studies in the writings 
of Camus, Max Weber, and others with special regard to the contem- 
porary crisis of liberal democracy and the eclipse of political philosophy. 

Mr. Steintrager 

264. American Political Thought. (3) Critical examination of the unify- 
ing theme of American politics. Mr. Broyles 

266. Asian Political Thought. (3) A study of the origins and develop- 
ment of political thought in Asia including the political ideas of the 
Confucian, Hindu-Buddhist and Islamic traditions. 

Mr. Reinhardt 

Research and Honors 

280. Political Science: Survey of the Discipline. (3) The science of 
politics as a field of inquiry, primary problems and research tools. 
Especially for prospective graduate students. Mr. STEINTRAGER 

281, 282. Research in Political Science. (3,3) An advanced course 
devoted to extensive reading and research in the field of Political Science. 
Admission to the course is by permission of the Department only. 

Staff 

283, 284. Honors Reading and Research. (2,2) A conference course de- 
voted to a specified reading program in the first semester and a research 
and writing project in the second semester. To be taken in the senior year 
by all candidates for departmental honors. Staff 



160 



Psychology 

Psychology 
Professors John E. Williams, Beck, Dufort 
Associate Professors Catron, Hills, Horowitz 
Assistant Professors Falkenberg, Chas. L. Richman, 

Woodmansee 
Instructors Filler, Harbin 

Psychology 151 is prerequisite to all courses. An average of 
C in Psychology courses is required at the time the major is 
elected. Major students complete 30 hours of work, including 
Psychology 211, 212, and 323. In addition to the basic (general 
B.A.) mathematics requirement, a major student must take 
three additional hours of mathematics from among the follow- 
ing: 111, 157, 161, 255, or other courses approved by the Depart- 
ment of Psychology. 

Highly qualified majors are invited to enter the departmental 
honors program in the junior year. Successful completion of the 
program with the designation "Honors in Psychology" requires 
that the candidate earn a minimum QPR of 3.3 on all work in 
Psychology and 3.0 in all other academic work; complete satis- 
factorily a special sequence of courses including Psychology 281, 
282 and 284; and pass a comprehensive written and/or oral 
examination. 

151. Introductory Psychology. (3) A systematic survey of Psychology 
as the scientific study of behavior. Prerequisite to all other courses in 
Psychology. 

211, 212. Experimental and Quantitative Methods. (4,4) Introduction to 
basic experimental methods and statistical techniques in the major con- 
tent areas of psychology. (2-4) P-151 

241. Psychology of Adjustment. (3) Normal range of adjustment and 
personality patterns emphasized. For non-majors. P-151 

266. Developmental Psychology. (3) Survey of physical, emotional, 
cognitive, and social development of the child from varied points of view. 
P-151 

273. Psychology of Business and Industry. (3) Psychological principles 
and methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and 
industry. P-151 

281, 282. Original Problems. (2,2) Non-statistical characteristics of 
properly-designed research, followed by supervised research experience. 

281 and 282 normally are taken in that order; credit for either alone 
requires special permission. 281: 2-0; 282: 0-4. P-211, 212, instructor's 
consent. 

161 



Psychology 

284. Honors Seminar. (3) Seminar on selected problems in psychology; 
intended primarily for students in the departmental honors program. 
P-211, instructor's consent. 

321. Learning Theory and Research. (3) Theoretical and experimental 
issues in the psychology of learning; no attempt is made to cover applica- 
tions to practical (e.g., educational) situations. P-151. 

323. History and Systems. (3) The development of psychology from 
Aristotle through recent systems of psychology, e.g., functionalism, be- 
haviorism, Gestalt. P-151 

324, 325. Advanced Theory and Method. (3) Seminar treatment of cur- 
rent problems. 324. Sensation and Perception. 325. Learning and Moti- 
vation. Typically, only one course offered in a given year. P-211, 212, 
instructor's consent. 

331. Comparative Psychology. (3) Behavioral differences in animals at 
various levels of the phylogenetic scale. (2-2) P-151 

332. Physiological Psychology. (3) Physiological bases of behavior, with 
special reference to the nervous system. (2-2) P-151 

336. Perception and the Cognitive Processes. (3) Survey of theory and 
evidence related to problems of perception and thinking. P-151 

338. Motivation of Behavior. (3) Survey of basic motivational concepts 
and related evidence. P-151 

344. Abnormal Psychology. (3) Descriptive analysis of the major types 
of abnormal behavior with focus on organic, psychological, and cultural 
causes, and major modes of therapy. P-151 

352. Psychological Appraisal. (3) Psychological tests reviewed in theory, 
construction, and use. (2-2) P-151 

356. Personality Theory and Research. (3) Classical and contemporary 
theories of personality and related research studies. P-151 

358. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3) An overview of the field of 
clinical psychology. P-344, senior or graduate standing, instructor's con- 
sent. 

362. Social Psychology. (3) Research and issues in social psychology, 
including social perception, social motivational theory, attitude measure- 
ment and change, social learning, and small group behavior. P-151. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology. (3,3). 
427, 428. Behavior Theory. (2,2) 
434. Biological Psychology. (3) 

* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

162 



Religion 



451. Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing. (3) 

457. Experimental Approaches to Personality. (2) 

465. Advanced Social Psychology. (3) 

481. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory. (3) 

483. Reading and Research in Psychology. (1 to 3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 



Religion 

Professors E. W. Hamrick, Angell, Bryan, Griffin 

Visiting Professor Tate 

Associate Professors Dyer, Mitchell, Talbert, Trible 

Instructor Sammy K. Williams 

Visiting Lecturers J. Daniel Brown, Rose 

The Department of Religion offers courses in instruction 
designed to give every student entering Wake Forest an oppor- 
tunity to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature 
and the most important movements in the field of religion. It 
also seeks to give to students preparing for specialized service, 
as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the 
foundational courses needed for further study. 

Six hours in Religion are required for all degrees. Three 
hours to be selected from courses: 111, 112, 153, 155, 157; and 
three hours from the following: 231, 256, 261, 264, 271. 

A major in Religion requires 30 credit hours — at least 12 
hours in Biblical studies and the remaining hours from other 
offerings of the Department. 

A major in Religious Education requires 30 credit hours — 
12 hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours selected from the 
following: Religion 240, 256, 264, 271, 292, 341, 342, 343, 350; 
Music 229, 230. 

Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program 

163 



Religion 

of study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philos- 
ophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages, 
Greek or Latin, and German or French. 

Majors in Religion who have completed two courses in the 
Department with a QPR of 3.3, and an overall QPR of 3.0 on 
all college work, may apply to the Chairman of the Department 
for admission to the honors program. Normally this is to be 
done by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all 
the requirements, the candidate will be graduated with the 
designation of "Honors in Religion." For further information 
consult members of the Religion Department. 

111. Introduction to the Old Testament. (3) A survey of the Old 
Testament designed to introduce the student to the history, literature and 
religion of the ancient Hebrews. 

112. Introduction to the New Testament. (3) A survey of the environ- 
ment, literature and thought of the New Testament, showing the sig- 
nificance of the ministry of Jesus and the origins of the Christian Church. 

153. The Hebrew Prophets. (3) A study of the background, personal 
characteristics, function, message, contribution, and present significance 
of the Hebrew prophets. 

155. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (3) An examination of Matthew, 
Mark, and Luke as theologies and a consideration of the quest for the 
historical Jesus. 

157. The Bible Through the Ages. (3) A study of the beginnings, 
development, and transmission of the Bible with special attention to the 
formation of the canon and the history of Biblical translation. 

231. Basic Christian Ethics. (3) The biblical and theological foundations 
of the Christian Ethic and its expression in selected contemporary prob- 
lems. 

236. Church and Community . (3) An examination of the basic needs 
and trends of the contemporary community, especially the rural and 
suburban, in the light of the Christian norms for "the good community". 

240. Theory of Religious Education. (3) A study of the nature and 
meaning of religious education with emphasis upon the basic foundations 
in religion and education. 

256. American Religious Life. (3) A study of the history, organization, 
worship and beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular attention 
to cultural factors. 

164 



Religion 

261. World Religions. (3) The place of religion in life and the origin, 
nature, and accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied 
from the historical point of view. 

264. History of Christianity. (3) A rapid survey of the history of the 
Christian Church. 

271. An Introduction to Christian Theology. (3) A study of the ground, 
structure and content of Christian belief. 

281, 282. Honors Course in Religion. (3,3) A Conference course for 
those who wish to graduate with "Honors in Religion," providing the 
student guidance for a comprehensive exam or research project. Both 
semesters must be completed. 

292. Teaching of Religion. (3) A study of the teaching of religion in 
church, school and community. This course may be credited as Educa- 
tion for those who are applicants for a state teacher's certificate in 
religious education. 

311, 312. An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew. (3,3) A study of the 
essentials of Hebrew grammar, syntax, and vocabulary. Reading and 
exegesis of selected passages from the Old Testament. Credit will be 
given for 311 only with the successful completion of 312. 

314. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. (3) A survey of the contri- 
butions of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies. 

315. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament. (3) A study of 
types of narratives in the Old Testament and of the relationship between 
literary forms and meaning. 

316. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. (3) A study of Hebrew 
Poetry — its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its 
significance in the faith of ancient Israel. 

317. The Ancient Near East. (3) A comparative study of ancient Near 
Eastern cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relation- 
ships with surrounding peoples. 

318. Travel Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (3) Travel and study 
in such countries as Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria and 
Israel. 

327. Major Epistles of Paul. (3) Consideration of one of the following: 
Romans, I Corinthians, II Corinthians, Galatians, or Colossians. P-3 hours 
in Religion. 

334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. (3) A study of the 
encounter between the Christian Ethic and the value systems implicit 
in certain social areas such as economics, politics, race and sex. 

341. Administration of Religious Education. (3) A study of the prin- 

165 



Religion 

ciples of organization and leadership in religious education, with par- 
ticular attention to curricula materials. 

342. Religious Education of Children. (3) Designed as an introduction 
to the study of child development and its significance for the home and 
church in regard to religious education. 

343. Religious Education of Young People and Adults. (3) A study of 
growth and development through adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis 
on the role of the home and the church in religious education. 

346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. (3) A study of 
theological methodology, theories of learning and philosophies of educa- 
tion in terms of their implications for religious education. 

350. Psychology of Religion. (3) An examination of the psychological 
elements in the origin, development, and expression of religious exper- 
ience. 

362. Post-Biblical Judaism. (3) The rise and development of post- 
Biblical (Rabbinic) Judaism until modern times. 

365. History of Religions in America. (3) A study of American religions 
from Colonial times until the present. 

367. The Primitive Church. (3) A study of the major problems of 
Christian origins; readings of primary sources and investigation of 
selected themes. P-3 hours in Religion. 

373. The History of Christian Thought. (3) A study of the history of 
Christian thought, beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and 
tracing its rise and development to modern times. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) An examination of the major 
issues and personalities in modern theology. 

378. Theology and Modern Literature. (3) A consideration, in the 
light of the theological thought, of the human situation as reflected in 
the works of recent novelists. 



Courses for Graduate Students* 
416. Old Testament Theology. (3) 
418, 419. Old Testament Exegesis. (3,3) 
421. New Testament Theology. (3) 
423, 424. New Testament Exegesis. (3,3) 
438. Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics. (3) 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

166 



French 

448. Seminar in Religious Education. (3) 

466. Seminar in Christian History. (3) 

475. Seminar in History of Christian Thought. (3) 

480. Theology and the Aesthetic. (3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Romance Languages 

A major in this Department requires 30 hours in either 
French or Spanish. Students enrolled in language courses 
numbered 111, 112, 151, 152 are required to spend one hour 
per week in the language laboratory as part of their class 
preparation. 

Highly qualified French or Spanish majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program in 
Romance Languages. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Romance Languages," they must meet certain pre- 
liminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in Romance Language courses, 
complete French or Spanish 281, and pass a comprehensive writ- 
ten and oral examination. The oral examination may be con- 
ducted, as least in part, in the student's major language. 

I 

French 
Professors Mary F. Robinson, Parcell, Parker, 

Shoemaker 
Associate Professor Anne Tillett 
Visiting Lecturers Jasson, Rodtwitt 
Instructors Bourquin, Freeman 

111, 112. Elementary French. (3,3) A course for beginners, covering the 
principles of French grammar and emphasizing speaking and writing 
and the reading of elementary texts. 

151, 152. Intermediate French. (3,3) A review of grammar and compo- 
sition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112 

153. Intermediate French. (5) A review of grammar and composition 
with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu- 
dents who have completed 151 or > 152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112. 

211, 212. Introduction to French Literature. (3,3) Reading of selected 
texts from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century. P-151, 152 

167 



French 

221. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) Practice in speaking French, 
stressing phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, correctness of sentence struc- 
ture and vocabulary of everyday situations. P-152 

222. Composition and Review of Grammar. (3) A systematic review of 
the fundamental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in trans- 
lation and composition. P-152 

223. Advanced Composition. (3) Further analysis of comparative gram- 
mar and practical training in writing French, from literary models and 
in free composition. P-222. 

224. French Civilization. (3) An introduction to French culture and 
its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, 
social and economic life of France. P-221 or permission of instructor. 

231. Medieval French Literature. (3) A survey of French literature of 
the Middle Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected master- 
pieces in original form and modern transcription. P-211. 

232. Sixteenth Century French Literature. (3) A study of the outstand- 
ing writers of the century. P-211, 212 

241, 242. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (3,3) A study of the 
outstanding writers of the classical age. P-211, 212 

244. Moliere. (3) Translation and discussion in class of certain plays, 
with others assigned for parallel reading. P-211, 212 

246. Racine. (3) Translation and discussion in class of certain plays, 
with others assigned for parallel reading. P-211, 212. 

251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (3) A survey of French 
philosophical and political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis 
on Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, and L' Encyclopedic P-211 

261. French Romanticism. (3) A study of the chief French romantic 
poets. Translation in class, supplemented with paralled reading. P-211, 
212. 

262. French Literature of the Latter Nineteenth Century. (3) A survey 
of French literature of the latter half of the nineteenth century with cul- 
tural and political backgrounds. Emphasis on poetry. P-211, 212 

263. Trends in French Poetry. (3) Poetic theory and practice in France 
from the Renaissance to the Revolution. Analysis and interpretation of 
a number of works from this period. P-211 

264. The French Novel. (3) A study of several masterpieces in the field 
of the novel, along with the development of the genre from the early 
seventeenth to the late nineteenth century. P-211, 212. 

168 



Russian 

265. Nineteenth Century French Drama. (3) A study of the principal 
dramatic works of the nineteenth century in France, including examples 
of romanticism, realism, naturalism, symbolism. P-211, 212. 

271, 272. Twentieth Century French Literature. (3,3) A study of gen- 
eral trends and of representative works of the foremost prose writers, 
dramatists and poets. P-211, 212. (Not offered in 1970-71.) 

281. Reading and Research. (3) Extensive reading in French literature. 
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major 
research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors. 

II 

Hindi * 
Professor Gokhale 

111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (3,3) A course in Basic Hindi grammar 
and vocabulary building. 

151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. (3,3) Introduction to literary Hindi, con- 
versation and composition. 

Ill 

Russian * 
Associate Professor Anne Tillett 

111, 112. Elementary Russian. (3,3) The essentials of Russian grammar 
and reading of elementary texts. Admission with the consent of the 
instructor. 

151, 152. Intermediate Russian. (3,3) Continuation of the study of 
Russian grammar, with practice in conversation and composition. Reading 
of selected texts. P-lll, 112 

153. Intermediate Russian. (5) A review of grammar and composition 
with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu- 
dents who have completed 151 or 152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112. 

211, 212. Introduction to Russian Literature. (3,3) Reading of selected 
texts from the 19th and 20th centuries. P-151, 152. 

213. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3) A study of the 
foremost writers with reading of representative works. (Offered in alter- 
nate years with Russian 211.) P-152. 

214. Contemporary Russian Literature. (3) Reading of representative 
works with discussion of political backgrounds. (Offered in alternate years 
with Russian 212.) P-152. 



* These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for administrative 
purposes only. 

169 



Spanish 

IV 

Spanish 
Professor King 

Associate Professors Bryant, Campbell 
Instructor Wardlaw 

111, 112. Elementary Spanish. (3,3) A course for beginners, covering 
grammar essentials, and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading 
of elementary texts. 

151, 152. Intermediate Spanish. (3,3) A review of grammar and compo- 
sition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112 

153. Intermediate Spanish. (5) A review of grammar and composition 
with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu- 
dents who have completed 151 or 152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112. 

211, 212. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3,3) Selected readings 
in Spanish and Spanish American Literature from the beginnings to 
the contemporary period. P-151, 152 

221. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) Spoken Spanish, with stress on 
pronunciation, intonation, fluency, correctness of sentence structure, and 
the vocabulary of everyday situations. P-152 

222. Latin American Civilization. (3) The culture and its historical 
development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and eco- 
nomic life. P-221 or permission of instructor. (Offered in alternate years.) 

223. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3) Review of the funda- 
mental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in translation, 
composition and language analysis. P-152 

224. Spanish Civilization. (3) The culture and its historical development. 
Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P- 
221 or permission of instructor. (Offered in alternate years.) 

225. 226. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3,3) The first semester includes 
Spanish literature to 1700; the second, Spanish literature from 1700 to 
the present. P-211, 212; also recommended, 221. (Offered in alternate 
years.) 

227. Spanish American Literature. (3) A general survey of Spanish 
American literature from the Colonial through the contemporary period. 
P-211, 212 

234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. (3) A study of the 
several types of prose fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, 
Moorish, and picaresque novels prior to 1605. P-211, 212. 

241. Golden Age Drama. (3) A study of the major dramatic works of 
Lope de Vaga, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, 
and others. P-211, 212 

170 



Sociology and Anthropology 



243. Cervantes. (3) Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, 
with special emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. P-211, 
212 

261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. (3) A study of the novels 
of Valera, Pereda, Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibahez and their con- 
temporaries. P-211, 212 

262. Spanish Romantic Drama. (3) An intensive study of Spanish 
Romanticism with emphasis on the drama. P-211, 212 

265. Spanish American Novel. (3) A study of the novel in Spanish 
America from its beginnings through the contemporary period. P-211, 212 

272. Modern Spanish Drama. (3) A study of the principal dramatic 
works of the present century, from the "Generation of '98" through the 
contemporary period. P-211, 212 

273. Modern Spanish Novel. (3) A study of representative Spanish 
novels from the "Generation of '98" through the contemporary period. 
P-211, 212 

281. Reading and Research. (3) Extensive reading in Spanish literature. 
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major 
research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors. 

Sociology and Anthropology 

Professors Banks, Patrick 

Visiting Professor Novosel 

Associate Professors Earle, Gulley, Tefft 

Assistant Professors Evans, Woodall 

Instructor Perricone 

Lecturers Jowers, Ohta, Sanders 

Basic course requirements: students who choose Sociology 
and Anthropology to meet the basic course requirements in 
the social sciences will take Sociology 151 and one of the follow- 
ing: Sociology 152, Anthropology 162, or a 300-level course in 
Sociology or Anthropology (except Sociology 371 through 386 
and Anthropology 385-386: also note prerequisites for some 
Anthropology courses). 

Major in Sociology: 30 hours in the department, which must 
include Sociology 151, 371, 380 and 384 and Anthropology 162. 

Major in Anthropology: 30 hours in the department, which 
must include Anthropology 162, 351 and 352 and Sociology 
151, 380 and 384. 

171 



Sociology 

Qualified Sociology and Anthropology majors may be con- 
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program 
in Sociology and Anthropology. They must have earned a QPR 
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
this department, satisfactorily complete a senior research project 
and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. They 
are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Sociology 
and Anthropology." Members of the staff may be consulted for 
additional information. 

Sociology 

151. Principles of Sociology. (3) General introduction to the field: 
social organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social 
change and other aspects. 

152. Social Problems. (3) Survey of contemporary American social 
problems. Credit is not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-151 

248. Marriage and the Family. (3) The social basis of the family, 
emphasizing the problems growing out of modern conditions and social 
change. 

323. Social Organization. (3) An analysis of the organization of contem- 
porary society with emphasis on large-scale organizations. P-151 

325. Industrial Sociology. (3) An analysis of the relationship between 
industry and society. P-151 

331. Urban Social Organizations and Agencies. (3) Lectures and field 
work in community organizations and agencies dealing with social wel- 
fare, health, poverty, etc. Especially recommended for students interested 
in urban affairs or social work. P-151. 

333. The Community. (3) A survey of materials relating to the com- 
munity as a unit of sociological investigation with emphasis on the urban 
setting. Of particular value for social work or community planning. P-151 

335. Medical Sociology. (3) Analysis of the social variables associated 
with health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-151 

337. Social Gerontology. (3) Basic social problems and processes of 
aging. Social and psychological issues will be discussed. P-151 

339. Public Opinion and Propaganda. (3) The study of public opinion 
and propaganda and a consideration of mass communication. P-151 

340. Sociology of Child Development. (3) Socialization through adoles- 
cence in the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the 
significance of social structure. P-151 

341. Criminology. (3) Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and 
methods of treatment and prevention. P-151 



172 



Anthropology 



344. Social Deviation and Disorganization. (3) A theoretical approach to 
social problems. Emphasis is on the relationship between social structure 
and social problems. Credit is not allowed for 152 if this course is taken. 
P-151 

358. Population and Society. (3) Techniques used in the study of 
population data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic 
variables. P-151 

359. Race and Culture. (3) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and dis- 
crimination and its effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psycho- 
logical and sociological theories of prejudice. P-151 

360. Social Stratification. (3) Methods for locating and studying social 
classes in the U. S. Class structure, function, mobility, and inter-class 
relationships. P-151 

371. Contemporary Social Theory. (3) A review of the major writings 
in the field. Emphasis is placed on the content and on the development 
of theory through time. P-151 

380. Social Statistics. (3) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in 
survey research. One who takes this course may not receive credit in 
Bus. Adm. 368, Econ. 157, or Math. 157. 

384. Social Research. (3) A survey of sociological research techniques. 
Emphasis on developing actual studies. P-151 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3,3) Intensive investigation of cur- 
rent scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on prob- 
lems of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor. 

Anthropology 

162. General Anthropology. (3) Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing 
upon the biological and socio-cultural evolution of man from Pleistocene 
to present and an analysis of his contemporary cultural diversity. 

342. Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. (3) Ethnographic focus 
on the elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. 
P-162 or permission of instructor. 

343. Anthropology and Developing Nations. (3) Analytic survey of 
problems facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in 
culture-change programs. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

344. Medical Anthropology. (3) The impact of Western medical prac- 
tices and theory on non- Western cultures and anthropological contribu- 
tion to the solving of world health problems. P-162 

351. Bioanthropology . (3) Introduction to biological (physical) anthro- 
pology: human biology, evolution and variability. P-162 

352. Cultural Anthropology. (3) A cross-cultural analysis of human 
institutions concentrating on non-industrial societies. P-162 

173 



Anthropology 



353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (3) The ethnology and prehistory 
of Negro Africa south of the Sahara. P-162 

354. Primitive Religion. (3) The world-view and values of nonliterate 
cultures as expressed in myths, rituals and symbols. P-162 or Soc. 151 

356. Archaeology. (3) Introduction to prehistoric archaeology: field and 
laboratory techniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-162 

357. Personality in Culture. (3) A study of the psychodynamics of 
social personality and national character. P-162 or Soc. 151 

358. The American Indian. (3) Ethnology and prehistory of the Ameri- 
can Indian. P-162 

362. Human Ecology and Geography. (3) The relations between man 
and his inorganic and organic environment as mediated by culture. 

373. Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia. (3) Ethnology and pre- 
history of Southeast Asia. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3,3) Intensive investigation of cur- 
rent scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on prob- 
lems of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor. 



Courses for Graduate Students* 
Sociology 
412. Development of Sociological Theory. (3) 
421. Quantification in Social Research. (3) 
426. Seminar: Sociological Research Methods. (3) 
431. Seminar: An Analysis of Contemporary Society. (3) 
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Anthropology 
452. Anthropological Theory. (3) 

462. Seminar: Research Methods in Social Anthropology. (3) 
464. Seminar: Research in Applied Anthropology. (3) 
472. Seminar: Research Methods in Archaeology. (3) 
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

174 



Speech 

Speech 
Professors Shirley, Welker 
Associate Professors Burroughs, Tedford 
Assistant Professors Hayes, Wolfe 
Instructors Elkins, Neff 
Theatre Speech Consultant Fullerton 

The major in Speech consists of 30 credit hours which must 
include courses 151, 161, 121 or 323, 231, 241 or 341, and 252. 
The Speech adviser will recommend the remaining 12 hours 
from courses that conform to the individual's needs. Each 
Speech major is strongly urged to elect courses in the Social 
Sciences, Psychology, Philosophy, and Literature. 

Superior speech majors meeting certain specified requirements 
may be invited by the Department to participate in the honors 
program in Speech. To fulfill the requirements of honors, a 
student must earn a QPR of 3.3 on all Speech courses and an 
overall QPR of 3.0, successfully complete Speech 289, and 
pass a comprehensive written and oral examination at the end 
of the senior year. Upon satisfactory completion of these re- 
quirements, the candidate will be graduated with "Honors in 
Speech." Members of the Speech staff will provide additional 
information. 

121. Introduction to the Theatre. (3) A survey of all areas of Theatre 
art. Experience in laboratory and University Theatre productions. 

151. Speech Fundamentals. (3) A study of the nature and fundamentals 
of Speech. Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. 

152. Public Speaking. (3) The preparation and presentation of short 
speeches to inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-151 

161. Voice and Diction. (3) A study of the principles of voice production 
with emphasis on phonetics as the basis for correct sound formation. 

223. Stagecraft. (3) A study of the basic elements of theatre technology. 
Practical experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre pro- 
ductions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission. 

226. Theories of Acting. (3) A study of acting theories from Aristotle 
to the present. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of 
instructor. 

227. Theatre Speech. (2) An intensive course in the analysis and cor- 

175 



Speech 

relation of the physiological, physical, and interpretative aspects of voice 
and diction on the stage. 

231. Oral Interpretation of Literature. (3) Fundamentals of reading 
aloud with emphasis on selection, analysis, and performance. 

241. Introduction to Broadcasting. (3) A study of radio and television 
broadcasting in the United States. Laboratory work in radio and tele- 
vision announcing. 

245. Introduction to Film. (3) Historical introduction to motion pictures 
through the study of various kinds of film classics and their relationship 
to society. 

251. Persuasion. (3) A study of the principles and forms of persuasive 
speaking. Practice in persuasive speaking. P-151, or permission of in- 
structor. 

252. Argumentation and Debate. (3) A study of the essentials of 
argumentation. Practice in debate. Open to freshmen and sophomores 
by permission of instructor. 

261. Speech Correction. (3) An introductory study of principles and 
methods of speech correction. Observations and clinical practice will be 
provided. 

262. Speech Pathology. (3) Essentially a detailed treatment of the dis- 
orders of speech. Research project. 

263. Audiology. (3) Survey of the field of hearing and hearing dis- 
orders. 

281. Honors Course in Speech. (3) A conference course involving inten- 
sive work in the area of special interest for selected seniors who wish to 
graduate with honors in Speech. 

321. Theatre Design. (3) A study of theories and styles of stage design 
and their application to the complete play. P-121, 325, or permission of 
instructor. 

323. Play Directing. (3) An introduction to the theory and practice of 
play directing P-121, 222, or permission of instructor. 

S-324. Directing the Drama Program. (3) A study of the function of 
drama in the educational curriculum with emphasis on the secondary 
level. Laboratory work in High School Speech Institute. 

325. History of World Theatre. (3) A survey of the development of 
the theatre from its primitive beginnings to the present. Readings, 
lectures and reports. 

326. Advanced Acting. (3) A concentrated study of the actor's art 
through theory and practice. P-226 or Permission of instructor. 

176 



Speech 

327. History of the American Theatre. (3) A survey of theatre in 
America from Colonial to Modern times. Lectures, readings, and reports. 

331. Advanced Oral Interpretation. (3) Study and practice in the oral 
interpretation of forms of literature, with attention to group interpreta- 
tion. Readings, special projects, and reports. 

341. Radio-Television-Film Production. (3) A workshop course in the 
production of radio, and television programs and motion pictures. 

351. Introduction to Semantics. (3) A study of how persons respond to 
words and other symbols. Reports and a critical paper. 

352. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership. (3) An introduction 
to the theory and practice of cooperative group deliberation. Collateral 
readings. 

353. American Public Address. (3) The history and criticism of Amer- 
ican public address from colonial times to the present. 

354. British Public Address. (3) A historical and critical survey of lead- 
ing British speakers and their speeches from the sixteenth century to 
the present. 

S-355. Directing the Forensic Program. (3) A pragmatic study of the 
methods of directing high school and college forensics. Laboratory work 
in the Wake Forest High School Speech Institute. 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

421. Modern Theatre Production. (3) 

423. Advanced Directing. (3) 

425. Evolution of Dramatic Theory: Seminar. (3) 

441. Seminar in Radio-Television-Film. (3) 

451. Classical Rhetoric. (3) 

452. Renaissance and Modern Rhetoric. (3) 

453. Seminar in Argumentation and Persuasion. (3) 

454. Seminar in Public Address. (3) 
463. Bases of Speech. (3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

Ill 



Courses at Salem College 



The Asian Studies Program 

The Asian Studies Program was established in 1960 with 
financial assistance from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda- 
tion of Winston-Salem. The program is interdisciplinary in its 
nature and involves the cooperation and resources of several de- 
partments in the Humanities and Social Sciences. Its objectives 
are to broaden the university's traditional curriculum with the 
infusion of a systematic knowledge and understanding of the 
culture of Asia. The director of the program is Dr. B. G. Gok- 
hale. The following courses are available in the Wake Forest 
University curriculum: 

Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Thought and Civilization. (3,3) Some domi- 
nant themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilization. 
P-sophomore standing. 

History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. (3,3) 

History 343. Imperial China. (3) 

History 344. Modern China. (3) 

History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (3,3) 

History 347, 348. Modern India. (3,3) 

Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (3,3) 

Hindi 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. (3,3) 

Political Science 239. Government and Politics of East Asia. (3) 

Political Science 240. Government and Politics of Southeast Asia. (3) 

Political Science 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (3) 

Political Science 266. Asian Political Thought. (3) 

Sociology 355. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems. (3) 

Sociology 356. Modern Asia: The Social Impact of the West. (3) 

Anthropology 373. Ethnography of Southeast Asia. (3) 

A description of each of these courses may be found in the 
curriculum of the department concerned. 

Courses at Salem College 

Wake Forest University and Salem College participate in a 
plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and 
not offered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students 
regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is ex- 
tended by Wake Forest to full-time Salem students. 

A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at 
Salem must make formal application in advance, and the appli- 
cation must be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean 
of the College. No financial payment is necessary except in 

178 



Courses at Salem College 



certain courses in which the student receives private instruction. 
Grades and quality points earned in courses at Salem are 
evaluated in the same way as they would be if the work were 
taken at Wake Forest. 

More detailed information about this plan in available in 
the offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the College. The 
plan is effective only during the regular academic year and not 
during any summer session. 



179 



THE CHARLES H. BABCOCK SCHOOL 
OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Faculty* 
James Ralph Scales, President 

Robert S. Carlson, Dean and Professor of Business 
Administration 

Jeanne Owen, Director of the B.B.A. Program and 
Professor of Business Law 

William E. Cage, Assistant Professor of Economics 

Leon P. Cook, Jr., Associate Professor of Accounting 

Hugh K. Himan, Assistant Professor of Economics 

Delmer P. Hylton, Professor of Accounting 

William V. Luckie, Instructor in Accounting 

John C. Moorhouse, Assistant Professor of Economics 

Joe N. Norman, Visiting Lecturer in Accounting 

Karl D. Reyer, Visiting Professor of Marketing 

Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management 

J. Van Wagstaff, Associate Professor of Economics 

Since its establishment in 1948, the School of Business Ad- 
ministration has been an undergraduate school offering courses 
leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration degree. The 
work of this degree is based upon a philosophy of breadth of the 
educational experience in terms of exposure to the arts and 
sciences as well as to the professional business curriculum. The 
functional areas of business administration and the decision 
making process are emphasized. 

By action of the Trustees in April of 1969, the Charles H. 
Babcock School of Business Administration will be developed 
over the next three years into a graduate school, with the first 
degree candidates being admitted in September of 1971. Two 
programs leading to the Master of Business Administration 
and the Master of Science in Administration will be offered. Af- 
ter June of 1973 all undergraduate work in business will be 
offered in Wake Forest College. (See page 113 of this bulletin.) 



* See Administration and Faculty Sections for full information. 

180 



Business Administration 



Accreditation 

The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is 
a full member in good standing of the American Association of 
Collegiate Schools of Business. 

Admission to the Babcock Graduate School 

To be eligible for admission as a candidate for the M.B.A. de- 
gree or the M.S.A. degree, a man or woman must ordinarily hold 
a Bachelor's degree or its equivalent from a college or university 
in this country or abroad. All applicants are expected to take 
the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business, adminis- 
tered by the Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jer- 
sey. 

Admission application forms will be available after September 
15, 1970. Inquiries should be directed to the Director of Admis- 
sions, Babcock Graduate School. 

Management Institute Programs 

The Management Institute of the Babcock School sponsors 
courses and seminars for which certificates of completion are 
awarded. This program of continuing education is geared to the 
specific needs of managers in the Southeastern United States. 
Representative offerings include one semester evening courses, 
one and two day seminars on selected topics, and a ten day mid- 
dle management program emphasizing new approaches to de- 
cision-making. In addition, the Management Institute is equip- 
ped to offer specialized courses for business firms and profes- 
sional organizations. Inquiries should be addressed to the Di- 
rector of The Management Institute, Babcock School of Busi- 
ness, P. O. Box 7285, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27109. 

Admission to the Babcock School 

Admission of undergraduates to the Babcock School is at the 
junior level. Juniors who meet the requirements listed below 
may be admitted as candidates for the B.B.A. degree in the fall 
of 1970 and 1971, provided they expect to complete require- 
ments for the degree by June of 1973. Students wishing to major 

181 



Business Administration 



in business or accountancy who do not expect to graduate by 
June of 1973 will become candidates for the Bachelor of Science 
degree in Wake Forest College. (See page 90 of this bulletin.) 
Students who become juniors in the fall of 1970 or 1971 may be- 
come candidates for either the B.B.A. or the B.S. degree. The 
B.A. in Economics is available to all students. (See page 120 of 
this bulletin. ) 

Subject to the time limitations indicated above, a student 
who has completed 54 semester hours of work and who meets 
the quality point ratio indicated below may be admitted to the 
School upon application: 

Hours Attempted Quality-Point Ratio 

54 to 64.9 1.65 

65 to 74.9 1.70 

75 to 84.9 1.80 

85 and over 1.85 

It is desirable, but not required, that a student have com- 
pleted Accountancy 111 and 112 and Economics 151 and 152 
before his junior year. 

For minimum academic requirements for continuation in the 
School, see page 81. 

Enrollment in Courses by Non-Business Students 

Students with hours earned or a quality point ratio below that 
required for admission to the School of Business Administration 
may take courses numbered 200 and above in Accountancy or 
300 and above in Business Administration with the permission 
of the Director of the B.B.A. Program. 

Transfer of Credits from Other Schools 

Of the 51 hours of work in Accountancy, Business Administra- 
tion and Economics required for the B.B.A. degree, a minimum 
of 30 hours must be taken in this School. The following rules 
apply for transfer of residence credit from other schools: 

1. A student transferring to Wake Forest University must first meet 
the general admission requirements of the College. If he transfers 
54 hours or more and wishes to become a candidate for the B.BA. 
degree, he must then apply for admission to the Charles H. Bab- 
cock School of Business Administration. If he transfers less than 

182 



Business Administration 



54 hours, he makes application to the School of Business Adminis- 
tration only after he has earned a total of 54 hours. 

2. A course passed with the lowest passing grade at another institu- 
tion does not give hour credit toward graduation, but may be used 
to satisfy a course requirement upon approval of the Director of 
the B.BA. Program. 

3. Work passed above the minimum passing grade: 

(a) Schools which are members of the American Association of 
Collegiate School of Business: 

All credit is acceptable if the student received a satisfactory 
grade in the course and if a similar course is offered at Wake 
Forest University. Credit for courses not offered at Wake 
Forest University may be accepted upon approval of Director 
of the B.BA. Program. 

(b) Four-year colleges which are accredited by the regional ac- 
crediting association: 

Credit for Principles of Accounting and Principles of Economics 
will be granted with or without a validating exam at the dis- 
cretion of the Director of the B.BA. Program. A validating 
examination may be required for any course transferred. 

(c) Accredited junior colleges: 

Principles of Economics may be accepted without a validating 
exam at the discretion of the Director of the B.BA. Program. 
A validating exam is required for Principles of Accounting. No 
junior or senior courses will be accepted. 

(d) Non-accredited schools: 

All credit transferred must be validated by examination. 

Organizations 

Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary society in busi- 
ness, elects to membership each year a limited number of the 
academically outstanding candidates for the B.B.A. degree. Two 
professional fraternities for men, the Gamma Nu Chapter of 
Delta Sigma Pi and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa 
Psi, offer opportunities for fellowships and learning outside the 
classroom. The Business Student Association represents all un- 
dergraduate business students and serves as a liaison between 
students and the faculty of the School. 

Awards 

For a description of the following awards see pages 74: Lura 
Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association of Certified 

183 



Business Administration 



Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and Company Medal, 
Wall Street Journal Award, Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key, 
Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key. 

Requirements for the B.B.A. Degree 

For the B.B.A. degree, a candidate must complete a total of 
128 hours of college work, which must include at least 51 hours 
in required and elective courses in the arts and sciences and at 
least 51 hours in Accountancy, Business Administration, and 
Economics. In addition, the student must present a minimum 
of two quality points earned at Wake Forest and two quality 
points for each hour attempted elsewhere. 

Basic Requirements 

(Freshman and Sophomore Years) 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 Physical Education 111, 112 

*Religion, 6 hours Choice of (a) or (b) : 

Philosophy 151 (a) Language through 151, 152 

History 111, 112 (b) Mathematics 111 or 162 or 

* Social Science, 6 hours 255-256 and Speech 151 

*Natural Science, 8 hours Accountancy 111, 112 

Mathematics 105** and 161 Economics 151, 152, 157 

Core Professional Work 

BA. 331 (Management) BA. 361 (Legal Environment) 

BA. 340 (Marketing) BA. 420 (Finance) 

BA. 350 (Communications)*** BA. 460 (Quantitative Analysis) 



Major or Concentration 

In addition to the requirements listed above, a student must 
present either a major in Accountancy or a concentration in one 
of the following: Accountancy, Economics, Finance, Manage- 
ment, Marketing, or Public Administration. A concentration 
consists of three courses beyond the required courses in a par- 



* See Page 83. 
** Students who are permitted to enter Mathematics 111 as a result of the Mathematics 
Placement Test are not required to take Mathematics 105. 

*** May be waived by the Director of the B.B.A. Program if the student demonstrates 
proficiency in the use of language. 

184 



Accountancy 



ticular field. The following courses may be counted toward a 
concentration in the designated areas: 

Accountancy: Acct. 151, 152, 153, 154, 251, 252, 261, 262, 271, 273, 276, 
281. 

Economics: Econ. 201, 202, 258, 264, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 273, 
274, 280, 281, 287, 288; BA. 346. 

Finance: BA. 326, 342, 364; Acct. 271; Econ. 269, 271. 

Management and Industrial Relations: BA. 332, 333, 431, 434; Acct. 
153, 154; Econ. 273. 

Marketing: BA. 341, 342, 344, 346, 442; Econ. 267. 

Public Administration: BA. 360, 333; Acct. 251; Econ. 271; Pol. Sc. 151, 
152. 

Accountancy 

The Accountancy curriculum is designed to give all candidates 
for degrees in Business or Economics basic knowledge which is 
essential in understanding and administering business opera- 
tions. For those who elect more than the minimum required 
work, the curriculum makes available opportunity for education 
for the more responsible accounting positions in industry and 
government and also enables the student to prepare himself for 
the Certified Public Accountant examination. 

In addition to the basic and core professional courses re- 
quired of all B.B.A. students, a major in Accountancy requires 
B.A. 362 and 28 hours in Accountancy, including 111, 112, 151, 
152, 153, 271, and 273. The remaining hours in the major and 
the required hours in related fields are to be selected by the stu- 
dent and the accounting advisor. A point-hour ratio of 2.00 to 1 
must be attained in courses in accountancy. Students who grad- 
uate as Accountancy majors are permitted to take the C.P.A. 
examination in North Carolina without qualifying experience 
which is otherwise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does not ap- 
ply for C.P.A. examination purposes.) 

The senior Accountancy major may have the opportunity to 
obtain practical accounting experience and training through the 
Accounting Internship Program. 

It is recommended that the student interested in a career in 
accounting begin his Accountancy studies during his freshman 
year. 

185 



Accountancy 



Scholarships and awards, given by national accounting firms 
and the North Carolina Association of CPA's, are awarded an- 
nually to students doing outstanding work while pursuing a 
major in Accountancy. 

Ill, 112. Principles of Accounting. (Old 101, 102) (3,3) The funda- 
mental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, the accounting 
cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. P-lll for 112. 

151, 152. Intermediate Accounting. (Old 201, 202) (3,3) A detailed 
analysis of problems and related theory for typical accounts in financial 
statements. Preparation of special supplementary reports. P-151 for 152. 

153. Cost Accounting. (Old 203) (3) Theory and procedures used in 
accumulating product costs under job lot and continuous process manu- 
facturing procedures. P-112. 

154. Advanced Cost Accounting. (Old 204) (2) A continuation of Acct. 
153 with the primary emphasis on the accumulation of costs for budget 
development and analysis of performance variances. P-153. 

251. Governmental Accounting. (Old 301) (3) Theory and techniques 
in accounts for non-profit institutions, with special emphasis on local 
governmental units. Preparation of reports and statements. P-151. 

252. Accounting Systems. (Old 302) (3) A study of the functions which 
must be performed by an adequate accounting system. Methods and 
procedures necessary to accomplish these functions are examined. P-151, 
153. 

261. Advanced Accounting Problems I. (Old 401) (3) Advanced prob- 
lems designed as preparation for the student who intends to work for 
the C.P.A. certificate and for those who desire a more thorough back- 
ground in accounting. P-151. 

262. Advanced Accounting Problems II. (Old 402) (3) Advanced work in 
theory and practice of accounting designed to help prepare the student 
for the C.P.A. examination and to enable him to solve complex business 
problems. P-151. 

271. Income Tax Accounting. (Old 403) (5) Unusual treatment of cer- 
tain accounts to comply with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of 
individual and corporate returns. P-151. 

273. Auditing. (Old 404) (3) Designed to familiarize the student with 
the professional standards of the accounting profession, with special em- 
phasis on the attest function of the C.P.A. P-151, 153. 

276. Accounting Internship. (Old 405) (2) The student participates in 
actual operations of a C.P.A. firm and submits reports of his activity. Ap- 
proval of the Accounting Faculty is necessary for enrollment. No credit 
granted until completion of 273. 

186 



Business Administration 



281. Current Accounting Theory. (Old 406) (2) A study of current prob- 
lems and controversies in accounting theory. Admission to the class is by 
permission of the instructor only. 

Business Administration 

270. Public Administration. (3) This course may count as Business Ad- 
ministration or Political Science, but not both. See Political Science 213. 

326. Investments. (3) Study of the principles governing the investment 
of personal and institutional funds. P-Acct. 112, Econ. 152. 

331. Management Policy. (3) Explanation of the policies involved in the 
performance of the basic functions of planning, organizing, actuating, 
and controlling modern business organizations. P-Econ. 151, 152. 

332. Production Management. (3) Study of production control policies, 
procedures, and techniques. Cases, associated readings, and assigned prob- 
lems. P-331. 

333. Personnel Management. (3) Analysis of principles and procedures 
of acquiring, using and compensating a labor force. Selected case studies. 
P-Econ. 151, 152. 

340. Marketing Management. (3) Survey of marketing concepts and 
behavior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the distribution of 
goods and services. 

341. Advanced Marketing Management. (3) Synthesis of the key aspects 
of marketing management and strategy. P-340. 

342. Credits and Collections. (3) Study of the economic and social impli- 
cations of credit. Analysis of the specific types of credit. P-340. 

344. Retailing. (3) An orientation to the managerial study of retailing. 
P-340. 

346. Principles of Transportation. (3) An integrated approach to domes- 
tic transportation. Management of physical distribution. P-340. 

350. Business Communication. (3) Intensive work in the writing of re- 
ports, memoranda, and position papers. Introduction to semantics. P- 
Eng. 112. 

361. Legal Environment of Business. (3) Study of the legal environment 
within which business decisions must be made. 

362. Business Law. (3) Selected topics of law from areas of particular 
interest to businessmen. 

364. Insurance. (3) Study of the principles of risk taking applicable to 
life, property, casualty, and social insurance. 

187 



Business Administration 



366. Real Estate. (3) Study of the principles, laws, and practices relat- 
ing to appraisal, ownership, financing, and management of real property. 

368. Business Statistics. (3) (Now Economics 157.) 

420. Financial Management. (3) Analysis of financial decision making 
at the level of the individual business enterprise. 

421. Labor Law. (3) Analysis of the effect of labor legislation upon the 
policies and actions of both management and labor. 

434. Labor Policy. (3) Theories of wage determination, employment, and 
income distribution with emphasis on labor unions and the collective 
bargaining process. P-Econ. 152. 

442. Promotion Management. (3) Study of various sales techniques, with 
emphasis on advertising and personal selling. 

460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data. (3) Study of administra- 
tive decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty. P-Math 
161. 

470. Advanced Management Policy. (3) Synthesis of the economics, 
marketing, accounting and finance areas of business through use of case 
analysis and related techniques. Permission of the instructor. 

Economics 

Courses in Economics count toward the 51 hours in Account- 
ancy, Business Administration, and Economics required for the 
B.B.A. degree. For courses available and their description, see 
page 120. 



188 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 

On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest College 
established the Division of Graduate Studies and announced 
that beginning in September, 1961, the College would resume 
course and research work leading to the degree Master of Arts 
in the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, History, 
Mathematics, and Physics. In September, 1964, the Department 
of Psychology was added to this group. Two years later, grad- 
uate study was begun in the Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology, and in September, 1967, the Departments of 
Physical Education and Religion inaugurated master's degree 
programs. In September, 1969, the Department of Speech in- 
troduced work leading to the M.A. degree. 

On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College became Wake 
Forest University, the name of the Division of Graduate Studies 
was changed to the Graduate School. Also on that date, the 
Department of Education began offering programs of study 
leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree for those 
training to become teachers, principals, supervisors, and coun- 
selors in the public secondary schools. 

Candidates for the degree Master of Arts are required to com- 
plete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course 
work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, 
and pass a reading examination in one modern foreign language. 
The requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree 
are essentially the same except that prospective principals and 
counselors may write an internship report instead of a thesis 
and there are possible substitutions for the foreign language 
requirement in all of the programs in Education. 

The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholar- 
ships available to be awarded for the summer of 1970 and a 
total of sixty-eight assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships 
for the academic year 1970-1971. 

The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for 
admission form, and an application for grant form may be 
obtained by writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7323, 
Reynolda Station, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27109. 

189 



SCHOOL OF LAW 

Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Carroll W. Weathers, Dean and Professor of Law 

Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr., Associate Professor of Law 

Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law 

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law 

Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law 

Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law 

James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law 

James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian 

General Statement 

The Law School was established as a department of Wake 
Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y. 
Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from 
active administration in 1935. From the beginning, the school 
has steadily grown and developed until it now has a faculty 
of nine full-time teachers. 

The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered 
in the Law School, and the method of instruction employed are 
designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in the 
broad field of legal education and to equip students to practice 
in any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system pre- 
vails. The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the 
requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary education 
in order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural back- 
ground against which legal principles and problems can be 
understood in their social, economic and moral, as well as in 
their legal aspects; second, a comprehensive study of the 
theories and doctrines of the Anglo-American system of law 
and their statutory modification. 



* See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 

190 



Law 



The Law School has as its objective, not only to train a stu- 
dent in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his 
reasoning powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions 
logically and analytically, and to develop in the student a pro- 
found sense of legal ethics, professional responsibility and the 
duty of the lawyer to society. 

The Law School is fully approved by all national and state 
accrediting agencies. It is a member of the Association of 
American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved school by 
the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law Examiners 
and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the 
University of the State of New York. 

The Law School has its separate building, modern in all 
respects and designed to accommodate the continued growth 
and future development of the School and the expansion of its 
program in the field of legal education. The law building, which 
is a handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive 
and useful features including air-conditioning. 

The Law Library contains approximately 39,400 volumes, 
carefully selected to avoid unnecessary duplication and to insure 
the greatest possible usefulness. 

Admission Requirements 

The academic requirements for admission to the School 
of Law, as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may be satisfied 
by any one of the following methods: 

(1) An academic degree from an approved college or univer- 
sity. 

(2) The completion of three years of academic work pre- 
scribed in the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest College. (See 
pages 97-98 for details.) 

The Law School does not admit applicants without an 
academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College 
who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of 
acceptable academic work in Wake Forest College. 

The academic requirements set forth above are minimum 
requirements, and satisfaction of these requirements does not 
necessarily entitle an applicant to admission. The Law School 

191 



Law 

requires for admission a scholastic average appreciably higher 
than a bare C average, and considers not only the scholastic 
average, but also the nature and subject-matter of the courses 
taken by the applicant. In addition, an applicant for admission 
is required to take the Law School Admission Test (hereinafter 
referred to) and to have his scores on such Test furnished 
this Law School. 

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admis- 
sion to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and 
as a subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been 
considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course. 
The School of Law merely recommends the inclusion of as 
many of the following courses as possible in any pre-law program 
of study: English Composition, History of the United States, 
History of England, European History, Constitutional History, 
Government of the United States, State and Local Government, 
Comparative Government, International Relations, Literature, 
Foreign Languages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, 
Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac- 
counting, and Investments. 

Application for admission to the School of Law must be made 
in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of the School of Law. 
The applicant must request the Registrar of each college or 
university that he has attended to send a complete transcript 
of his record direct to the Dean of the School of Law. 

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law at 
the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several years it 
has been the policy of the Law School to admit beginning stu- 
dents at the opening of the spring session, which enables such 
students by continuing without interruption to complete the 
three-year course in two and one-half years consisting of five 
regular semesters and two summer sessions. 

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law 
school which is a member of the Association of American Law 
Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this school, may 
in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to advanced stand- 
ing for the J.D. degree. The student must be eligible for readmis- 
sion to the law school from which he proposes to transfer. The 
last year of work on the basis of which the degree is granted 
must be taken in the Wake Forest University School of Law. 

192 



Law 



Law School Admission Test 

The Law School requires all applicants for admission to take 
the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by Edu- 
cational Testing Service. The applicant's scores on the Test 
will be considered among other factors in passing on his appli- 
cation for admission to this Law School. 

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educa- 
tional Testing Service, P.O. Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey, 
for application forms for taking the Test, and for the Bulletin 
of Information regarding the Test. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

The Law School has a number of scholarships available for 
each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on 
the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional 
scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are 
available for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis 
of character and exceptional scholastic achievement without 
regard to financial need. Application forms for scholarships may 
be obtained from the Dean of the School of Law. Applications 
for scholarships should be filed by March 10th for the school 
year commencing the following September. 

The University has available loan funds for the benefit of 
students who are in need of financial aid and have satisfactorily 
completed at least a full semester. 

In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited 
employment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors 
but usually after the completion of their first year. 

Degree of J.D. 

The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded to the 
student who (1) has fulfilled the requirements for admission 
to the Law School as a regular student, (2) thereafter spends 
the equivalent of three academic years in resident study in the 
Law School, (3) successfully completes eighty-three semester 
hours of law, including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains 
a cumulative weighted average of 67 or more on all work 
required for graduation. 

193 



Law 



The Summer Session 

The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks, 
the work of which is carefully planned with reference to the 
curriculum of the regular academic year, and may be used 
either to supplement the regular curriculum or as a substitute 
for part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session 
for advanced students only. 

Further Information 

Descriptions of the system of grading and examinations, 
general scholastic regulations, student organizations, prizes 
and awards, and the complete course of study are contained 
in a special Law School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for 
this Bulletin, and other correspondence concerning the Law 
School, should be addressed to The Dean, School of Law, 
Wake Forest University, P. O. Box 7206 Reynolda Station, 
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 



194 



BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Administration Officers* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Manson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs and 
Dean 

Robert L. Tuttle, Academic Dean 

Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean (Administration) 

C. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean ( Research Develop- 
ment) 

C. Douglas Maynard, Assistant Dean 

Harry O. Parker, Controller 

Mrs. Erika Love, Librarian 

Origin and Development 

The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in 
1902. It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937 
and operated as a two-year medical school until 1941, when it 
was moved to Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in 
association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was 
renamed The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest 
University in recognition of the benefactor who made the expan- 
sion possible. 

Facilities 

The main teaching hospital of the medical school is the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital. It has 477 general hospital beds, 
an 80-bed progressive care unit, a 12-bed intensive care unit, 
and an outpatient department which serves 95,000 patient 
visits a year. 

The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a 
single unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic 
medical science teaching programs. 

• See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the 
special bulletin of The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by 
request to The Office of Student Affairs, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27103. 

195 



Medicine 

Construction is under way on buildings included in a 
$30-million expansion program which will virtually double the 
size of the medical center. The project will increase the number 
of teaching beds to 695 and will provide additional clinical, 
educational and research facilities. Newly constructed facilities 
have permitted a 37 per cent increase in medical student enroll- 
ment and a significant expansion of the graduate and postdoc- 
toral programs. 

Major elements of the program include a 122,000-square-foot 
addition to the medical school, a 400-seat auditorium, a School 
of Nursing and Allied Health Programs Building, and a new 
medical center power plant, all of which have been completed. A 
16-story hospital and clinics building will be completed in 1972. 
Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the medical school are 
based on the premise that the program of training a physician 
is a continuous one shared by both the undergraduate college 
and the medical school. The responsibility of the undergraduate 
training program is thus not only to provide the prospective 
student with the technical information and skills which will 
make it possible for him to complete his course in medical school 
but also to help him develop a broad background of experience 
and interest which will make it possible for him later to achieve 
a full realization of his potentialities as an individual and as a 
member of society. 

Although ninety semester hours are the minimum require- 
ment, it is felt that, except in unusual circumstances, the stu- 
dent should plan to complete a well-rounded four-year college 
course, comprising certain specific requirements, but with the 
emphasis on a broad educational program. 

In order for the student entering medical school to be pre- 
pared for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic 
scientific information. Such information is ordinarily obtained 
in the following undergraduate courses: 

2 semesters of general biology 

2 semesters of general chemistry 

2 semesters of organic chemistry 

2 semesters of general physics 

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific 
requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of 
other less specific educational requirements. 

196 



Medicine 

In addition to the material listed above, the student should 
acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his 
social, physical, and emotional environment. The desired train- 
ing is given in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics, 
Sociology, History, Literature, Mathematics, Language, and 
Psychology. The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely 
in these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will 
permit. 

Admission 
Students are selected on the basis of academic performance, 
character, and general fitness for the study of medicine. No 
student will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic 
difficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously 
attended. Students more than twenty-six years of age are not 
encouraged to apply. 

Graduate Studies 

Course work is offered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy de- 
gree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology, 
Pharmacology, Physiology and Comparative and Experimental 
Pathology. In addition, course work leading to the M.S. degree 
is offered in Biochemistry, Microbiology and Pharmacology. A 
program leading to the Master of Science degree is offered in 
the Department of Laboratory Animal Medicine for students 
who hold the D.V.M. degree. The Master of Science degree in 
Medical Sciences is offered to qualified students including 
medical students and persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. or 
D.D.S. degrees. This graduate program may be carried out in 
any department or section of the medical school with the 
approval of the Committee on Graduate Studies. 

Detailed information concerning the graduate program can 
be obtained by writing to the Office of Graduate Studies, The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27103. 

Further Information 
For detailed information concerning enrollment in The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, admission to advanced 
standing, and other matters, address The Committee on Admis- 
sions, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27103. 

197 



THE 1970 SUMMER SESSION 

Two Six- Week Terms 

The first of two six-week terms will begin with registration 
on Monday, June 15, 1970, and will extend through July 18. 
The second term will begin with registration on July 20, and 
will extend through August 22. 

Class work will be confined to the mornings, except for courses 
in swimming and choir which will meet in the afternoons. 
Periods will be seventy-five minutes in length, and classes will 
meet daily, Monday through Saturday of each term. 

Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours credit each, 
and those in swimming, choir and golf one semester hour each. 
All other courses carry three semester hours credit. The normal 
load for a student is six semester hours, and the maximum load 
is seven hours. 

Courses will be offered which are designed to meet the needs 
of regular Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting 
students from other colleges, and public school teachers needing 
renewal of certificates. There will be courses in Biology, Chem- 
istry, Economics, Education, English, History, Mathematics, 
Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Physics, 
Physical Education, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, 
Speech, and Business Administration. 

In the Summer Session of 1970 graduate courses leading to 
the Master of Arts degree will be offered in the departments of 
Biology, English, History, Physical Education, Psychology, 
Sociology and Anthropology, Religion and Speech. Opportunities 
for research toward the Master of Arts degree, but not graduate 
courses, will be provided in the departments of Chemistry, 
Mathematics, and Physics. 

A special program, the Master of Arts in Education, will be 
offered for teachers who desire to complete a Master's program 
in three summer sessions. 

198 



Summer Session 



For additional information see the Summer Session Bulletin, 
which may be obtained by addressing Dean of the Summer 
Session, Wake Forest College, Box 7293, Reynolda Station, 
Winston-Salem 27109. 



199 



DEGREES CONFERRED 



201 



COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES AND DEGREES 

1969 

The Program 
Sunday, June 8 

2:00 p.m. Senior Orations (for the A. D. Ward Medal) 
Phyllis McMurry Tate 

"The Worst Are Full of Passionate Intensity" 

James Nello Martin, Jr "What's It All For?" 

Mary Ann Tolbert 

"Bleary-Eyed Wisdom Born of Midnight Oil" 
Linda Sue Carter "Where is the Renaissance Man?" 

5:30 to 7:30 p.m. Reception and Buffet supper given by President and 
Mrs. Scales honoring the members of the graduating classes 
and their families. 

8:00 p.m. The Baccalaureate Sermon 

The Reverend Jack R. Noffsinger 
Minister, Knollwood Baptist Church 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 

Monday, June 9 

9:30 a.m. Graduation Exercises 

The Address: "This Revolting Generation" 

James Ralph Scales, President, Wake Forest University 
The Conferring of Degrees 
The Commissioning 

Awards and Honors 

1. From the School of Arts and Sciences 
Graduating with Honors in: 

Biology: Linda Louise Fox, Michael Floyd Harrah, Wanda 

Lee Radford 
German: Richard Leo Pantera, Jr. 
Economics: William Hill Andrews, Kurt Peter Gottschalk, 

John Terry Warner 
History: Gloria Jean Halstead, Charles Edward Kirk- 

patrick 
Music: Mary Lynn Hager 
Physics: Sankey Reid Painter, David Andrew Taliaferro, 

Mary Helen Whisenant 

202 



Commencement Exercises 



Phychology: Marshall Dean Tessnear, Norma Hood Mur- 
dock 

Religion: Mary Ann Tolbert 

Arts and Sciences: Charles William Twyford 
The J. B. Currin Medal in Religion: James Kenneth Martin 
The Forrest W. Clonts Award for Excellence in History: 

Gloria Jean Halstead 
The William E. Speas Memorial Award in Physics: Sankey 

Reid Painter, David Andrew Taliaferro 
The A.C.C. Award for excellence in scholarship and athletics: 

Jerry Allen Montgomery 
Elected to Associate Membership in the Society of Sigma Xi: 

Linda Louise Fox 



Seniors elected to Phi Beta Kappa, Spring 1969 



David Scott Anderson 
Carol Ann Bowen 
Linda Jean Braswell 
Linda Sue Carter 
Ronnie Alfred Caviness 
Paul Mitchell Coble 
Aleta Lynn Cochrane 
Sharyn Echols Dowd 
Foy Margienette Edmond 
Dale Dean Glendening, Jr. 
Lucy Holton Gordon 
Mary Lynn Hager 
Iris Patricia Hansen 



Michael Floyd Harrah 
William Amos Hough, III 
Virginia Ann Jones 
Prudence Ellen MacDermod 
Janet Alice Magee 
Carolyn Starck Montgomery 
Sankey Reid Painter 
Janet Carolyn Parker Sink 
Mary Ann Tolbert 
Charles William Twyford 
William Miller Watts, Jr. 
Mary Helen Whisenant 
Patricia Ann Wieferich 



Lee Alan Zinzow 



2. From The Charles H. Babcock School of 

Business Administration 

The Lura Baker Paden Medal: Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: Harold Donovan Phil- 
lips, Jr. 

The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key: Harold Donovan 
Phillips, Jr. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal: Ann Marie Meyer 

The North Carolina Association of C. P. A.'s Medal: James 
Robert Wrenn, Jr. 

The Wall Street Journal Award: David Exum James 

Seniors Elected to Beta Gamma Sigma 



Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr. 
Cathy Edinger Fink 
Ann Marie Meyer 



Clarence Ford Peatross 
Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. 
Patricia Lynne Thomas 



203 



Commencement Exercises 



3. From The School of Law 

The North Carolina National Bank Award, First Prize 
(Wake Forest) : Robert Fuller Fleming 
Also, Winner Second State-Wide Prize 

The North Carolina National Bank Award, Second Prize 
(Wake Forest) : Sandy Nelson Weeks 

The Nathan Burkan Memorial Copyright Competition: Rob- 
ert Fuller Fleming 

The Warren A. Seavey Award: Elton Carrington Boggan 

4. From The Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
The Faculty Award: Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr. 
The Awards for Student Papers: 

First prize: Robert Francis Blackard 

Second prize: Charles Edmond King, Jr. 

Third prize: Dominick Addario, Karl Sebastian Roth 
The Pediatric Merit Award: John Atlas Phillips 
The Obstetrics-Gynecology Award: James Allen McAlister, 

Jr. 
The Annie J. Covington Memorial Award: Julian Raleigh 

Taylor 
The Upjohn Achievement Award: Julian Raleigh Taylor 

Seniors Elected to Alpha Omega Alpha 

Robert Augustus Buchanan, Jr. John Atlas Phillips 

Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr. Durward Boye Pridgen 

Charles Edmond King, Jr. Martin I. Resnick 

James Allen McAlister, Jr. Julian Raleigh Taylor 

Kyle Allen Young 

5. From the Department of Military Science 

The President's Trophy: Cadet Major David A. Taliaferro 
The Superior Cadet Decoration: Cadet Colonel Dale D. Glen- 

dening, Jr. 
The ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership: Cadet 

Lieutenant Colonel Charles E. Kirkpatrick 
The Reserve Officers' Association Medal: Cadet Major David 

R. Watters 
The Professor of Military Science Award: Cadet Major 

James L. Carver, II 
The American Legion Award for Scholarship: Cadet Lieuten- 
ant Colonel James L. This 
The American Legion Award for Military Excellence: Cadet 

Captain Bobby J. Ervin 
The Daughters of the American Revolution ROTC Medal: 

Cadet Lieutenant Colonel James H. Watson 
The Sons of the American Revolution "Minute Man" Medal: 

Cadet Major James A. Miller 

204 



Commencement Exercises 



6. Graduation Distinctions 



Cum Laude 



William Otis Ameen, Jr. 
David Scott Anderson 
William Hill Andrews 
David Bee Ashcraft 
Ronald Edward Bassett 

(August 23, 1968) 
Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr. 
Edwin Graham Below 
Jennie Lydia Boger 
Elton Carrington Boggan 
Theodore Fadlo Boushy, Jr. 
Janet Elaine Bowker 
Sara Forwood Busey 
Laura Elizabeth Caton 
Donald Earl Clark 
Sara Margarette Davis 
Jean Elise Deter 
James Clyde Dillard 
Phillip Arvin Dunnagan 
Jan Elizabeth Eakins 
Fred Smyrl Eaves, Jr. 
Foy Margienette Edmond 
Cathy Edinger Fink 
Linda Louise Fox 
Clifford Garland Gaddy, Jr. 

(August 23, 1968) 
Dale Dean Glendening, Jr. 
Gloria Sheila Gossett 
Kurt Peter Gottschalk 
Michael Donwell Gunter 
Gloria Jean Halstead 
Lloyd Eric Halvorson 
Michael Floyd Harrah 
Susan Waugh Harward 
Susan Parrish Haviland 
Jerry Ray Hemric 
Barbara Buchanan Hicks 
Brenda Louise High 
Susan Lewis Honeycutt 
Richard Bernard Howington 
Jean Sykes Humphrey 
Virginia Ann Jones 

Lee 



Ronald Dean Joos 

(August 23, 1968) 
Charles Edward Kirkpatrick 
Robert Bradford Leggett, Jr. 
William Douglas Livengood 
Prudence Ellen MacDermod 
Janet Alice Magee 
James Kenneth Martin 
James Nello Martin, Jr. 
Mark Stephen Mason 
Kim Grayson Menke 
Kenneth Gene Mills 

(August 23, 1968) 
Carolyn Starck Montgomery 
James Winston Morton 
Norma Hood Murdoch 
Sankey Reid Painter 
Richard Leo Pantera, Jr. 
Margaret Anne Park 
Janet Carolyn Parker 
R. Joanne Kline Partin 

(January 28, 1969) 
Miriam Early Picklesimer 
Wanda Lee Radford 
Anne Elizabeth Sabroske 
Elizabeth Ann Smith 
Susan Marie Smith 
William Dupree Spence 
Charles Vernon Steiner, Jr. 
Jeanne Laroque Stott 
David Andrew Taliaferro 
Marshall Dean Tessnear 
James Leslie This 
Patricia Lynne Thomas 
Patricia Foust Tweedy 
John Terry Warner 
Paul Victor Washburn 
William Miller Watts 
Sandy Nelson Weeks 
John Frederick Whalley 
William Harrison Williams, III 
David Collins Wilson 
Alan Zinzow 



205 



Commencement Exercises 



Magna Cum Laude 



Carol Ann Bo wen 
Linda Jean Braswell 
Linda Sue Carter 
Ronnie Alfred Caviness 
Paul Mitchell Coble 
Aleta Lynn Cochrane 
Sharon Echols Dowd 
Mary Lynn Hager 
Iris Patricia Hansen 

Patricia 



William Amos Hough, III 
Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. 
William Amos Hough, III 
Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. 
Barbara North Saintsing 
Donna Hurt Scott 
Mary Ann Tolbert 
Charles William Twyford 
Mary Helen Whisenant 
Ann Wieferich 



Summa Cum Laude 



Jimmy Lewis Craig 
(August 23, 1968) 



Lucy Hartsfield Holton Gordon 
(August 23, 1968) 



206 



DEGREES CONFERRED 

Doctor of Philosophy 



William Carter Alexander 
Charles Everett Benson 



Henry James Haigler 
Phillip Michael Hutchins 



Master of Arts 



Elizabeth West Alexander 
Carolyn Fuller Cunningham 
Marcia Ann Fishel 
Robert Bernard Holder 
William Monroe Knott, III 
Marion Yang Kwok 



Safar Mohammad Nazari 
William Cogel Reed 
Grace Jemison Rohrer 
William Klasck Templeton 
Tse Ping-Kwan 
Blanche Raper Zimmerman 



Master of Arts in Education 



Judith Cottrell Minkley 



Joseph Stephen Price 



Jeannette Elizabeth Turner 



Master of Science 



Mary Stevenson Britt 
John Doliver Newkirk, II 
John Henry Oliver, Jr. 



Victoria Ann Resnick 
Samuel Leroy Sehorn 
Steven Boisen Valand 



William Sprigg Webster 



Doctor of Medicine 



Dominick Addario 

Thomas James Bergstrom 

Charles Alan Bevis 

Robert Francis Blackard 

Susan Kelly Blue 

Daniel- David Broadhead 

Curtis Allen Bruce 

Robert Augustus Buchanan, Jr. 

Fred McPherson Burdette 

Larry Paul Conrad 

Donald Bernard Dewar 

Robert Gwyn Dillon 

David Edward Eckberg 

John Marcus Eckerd 

Irving Barefoot Elkins 

John Robinson Gregg 

Lynn Mixon Hale 

James Edward Hannah 

Anthony Edwin Harris 



Leonard Thompson Heffner, Jr. 
Edward Lee Heiman 
Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr. 
Kenneth Everett Hoogs 
Paul Herbert Izenberg 
Robert A. Jacobsen 
Leslie Donald Johnson 
Charles Edmond King, Jr. 
John Summerell Kitchin 
John Gilbert Kloss 
Ronald Eric Krauser 
Earl Thomas Leyrer 
James Dwight Mattox, Jr. 
James Allen McAlister, Jr. 
Quincy Albert McNeil, Jr. 
David Davis Meyer 
Lloyd Dan Montgomery 
Robert Roy Morrison 
Ray Allan Noel 



207 



Degrees Conferred 



John McLean Nordan 
Betsy Allen Parsley 
John Atlas Phillips 
Durward Boye Pridgen 
Martin I. Resnick 
Karl Sebastian Roth 
Rene Ronald Roy 



Samuel Russell Scott 
Hoyle Edward Setzer, Jr. 
Jack Bryan Spainhour, Jr. 
Cary Ernest Stroud 
Julian Raleigh Taylor 
Richard Allen Taylor 
William Keith Thompson 
Kyle Allen Young 



Juris Doctor 



Elton Carrington Boggan 
Thomas Hilton Brown 
Sherman Ray Brumley 
William Brumsey, III 
Thomas Merritt Bumpass, Jr. 
Vernon Elliott Cardwell 
Michael Paul Carr 
Albert Anderson Corbett, Jr. 
Stephen Talmage Daniel, Jr. 
William Keith Davis 
Joseph Wayne Dean 
James Clyde Dillard 
Don Howard Elkins 
Ernest Leroy Evans 
Koyt Woodworth Everhart, Jr. 
William David Ezzell 
Paul Douglas Fann 
Robert Walter Feeman 
Richard Thacher Feerick 
Robert Fuller Fleming 
Henry Charles Frenck, III 
Jerome Barry Friedman 
James Carlos Gaulden, Jr. 
Wesley Bennett Grant 
Zoro Joseph Guice, Jr. 
Robert Pleasant Hanner, II 
Gerald Wilton Hayes, Jr. 
Allan Bruce Head 
Lawrence Wilson Hewitt 
Lloyd Hise, Jr. 
Richard Bernard Howington 
Marvin Asher Jaffe 



Charles William Kafer 
Charles Cadmus Lamm, Jr. 
Robert Bradford Leggett, Jr. 
David Vernon Liner 
Robert Clyde McClymonds 
John Thomas McKinney, Jr. 
John Michael McLeod 
Robert Hayes McNeill, II 
Andrew Stephen Martin 
Noland Randolph Mattocks, Jr. 
Ronald Dennis Nicola 
Norbert John Pail 
James Russell Prevatte, Jr. 
James Edward Rainey 
Charles Robert Redden 
James Lloyd Roberts 
Bruce Hamilton Robinson, Jr. 
Henry Bascom Shore 
Alden Thomas Small 
Archie Leak Smith, Jr. 
William Dupree Spence 
Wayne Campbell Streitz 
Thomas Spruill Thornton 
Carl Lewis Tilghman 
Norwood Carlton Tilley, Jr. 
Winston McNair Tornow 
Russell Grady Walker, Jr. 
Sandy Nelson Weeks 
Samuel Latham Whitehurst, Jr. 
Walter Frederick Williams, Jr. 
William Edwin Wilson 
Thomas Denver Windsor 



Bachelor of Arts 



David Preston Abernethy, Jr. 
Brenton Douglas Adams 
Jefferson Boone Aiken, III 



Thomas Warren Albert 
Charles Jackson Alexander 
Emmett Carlyle Aldredge, Jr. 



208 



Degrees Conferred 



Charles Roger Allen 
William Otis Ameen, Jr. 
Laura Rita Andrews 
William Hill Andrews 
Martha Willois Andrus 
Harry Albert Arsenault 
David Asch 
Carol Carson Baker 
Phillip Louie Baucom 
Charles Lindsay Beck 
George Cheyne Berkow 
Thomas Frederick Berry 
John Christopher Berwind, Jr. 
James Ernest Best, Jr. 
Thomas Frederick Bigelow, Jr. 
Lindsey Scott Biles 
Evelyn Anne Bingham 
Luther Brown Bivens 
Stephen Alexander Blackwood 
Joseph Edward Blythe 
George Henry Bode 
Jennie Lydia Boger 
John Benthal Bondurant 
Deborah Boone 
Nancy Carol Bost 
Theodore Fadlo Boushy, Jr. 
Carol Ann Bowen 
Janet Elaine Bowker 
Sharon Lee Bowman 
David Lee Bradshaw, III 
Linda Jean Bras well 
Barbara Jane Brazil 
Coy Estres Brewer, Jr. 
Eva Karen Brown 
Reginald Allen Brown 
Timothy Carter Brown 
Betsy Deane Burrell 
Sara Forwood Busey 
James Irvin Butler 
James Alfred Butts, III 
Thomas Lloyd Call, Jr. 
Baxter Moore Callaway 
Daniel Stancil Campbell 
Linda Sue Carter 
James Lee Carver, II 
Rita Ellen Case 
Thomas Ray Case, Jr. 
Joe Tommy Causby, Jr. 
Ronnie Alfred Caviness 



Juanita Graham Cheek 

Thomas Duran Chitty, Jr. 

Linda Crutchfield Chris 

James Thomas Clack 

Donald Earl Clark 

William Earl Clark 

Terri Kathryn Cline 

Aleta Lynn Cochrane 

William Preston Cole 

Steven Roger Corns 

Charles Grayson. Covington 

Nancy Reeves Cox 

James Ransom Creech, Jr. 

Donald Lamonte Creed 

D. Christopher Cross 

Herbert Dixon Crum, Jr. 

Alan Boyd Crusan 

Julie Ann Davis 

James Randol Davis 

Sarah Margarette Davis 

Caldwell N. Day, Jr. 

Wilbur Thurston Debnam, Jr. 

Richard Paul Decker 

Jean Elise Deter 

Susan Beck DeVaney 

Kathleen Ann Pagliara Dolinger 

Sharyn Echols Dowd 

Rosalind Jeanne Duck 

Linda Dudley 

Jan Elizabeth Eakins 

Fred Smyrl Eaves, Jr. 

Joseph Pierce Edens, III 

Foy Margienette Edmond 

Jean Marie Edwards 

Sandra Lee Edwards 

William Alexander Eliason 

Carol Faye Elledge 

Carl Ray Elledge 

Phillip Ellington 

John Clyde Ellis, Jr. 

William David Ellis 

Bobby Jay Ervin 

Donna Rae Farley 

Harriet Gillespie Farthing 

Robert Lee Ferrell, Jr. 

Charlanne Fields 

William Charles Findt, III 

Frederick James Flagler, III 

George Beverly Flowe, Jr. 



209 



Degrees Conferred 



Howard Davis Foster 
Janet Elizabeth Fox 
Robert Richard Fredeking, II 
Elaine Teresa Fuller 
John Thomas Gardner, Jr. 
Philip Warren Gasaway 
Dwight Lonnie Gentry, Jr. 
Dale Dean Glendening, Jr. 
Milton Elliott Gold, Jr. 
Kurt Peter Gottschalk 
Roy Edward Grant 
Cheryl Patricia Graves 
David Clinard Green 
Rebecca Jane Greene 
Robert Denton Gregory 
Michael Bruce Grim 
George Weller Grove, Jr. 
Michael Donwell Gunter 
Mary Lynn Hager 
Carolyn Susan Hahn 
Gloria Jean Halstead 
Robert McClure Hambrecht 
Barbara Ross Hanauer 
Donald Watson Hardeman, Jr. 
Mary Arden Harris 
Susan Waugh Harward 
Robert Morse Hathaway, Jr. 
Susan Parrish Haviland 
Rhonda Lynn Hefner 
Peter Charles Heiberger 
Charles Diederich Heidgerd 
David Cannon Helscher 
Barbara Buchanan Hicks 
Brenda Louise High 
Constance Jane Hoey 
Richard Lee Honeycutt 
Susan Alice Honeycutt 
Susan Lewis Honeycutt 
Elwyn Veazey Hopkins 
John Alan Hopper 
Jasper White Home 
Susan M. Hrom 
Jean Sykes Humphrey 
Myrna Cheryel Huneycutt 
Patricia Sue Hunt 
Charlton Hynds 
Julius Adebisi Imosun 
Garrison Durham Ipock, Jr. 
Clare Jean Ivey 



Altha Jayne Jarrett 
Danny Blair Jenkins 
Fredrick Gray Johnson 
Connie Elaine Jones 
Linda Ellen Jones 
Mark Addison Jones 
Virginia Ann Jones 
Linda Faye Jordan 
Julia Dobbins Joyce 
Barbara Kay Kelly Key 
Jan Allen Kiger 
William Benbow King 
Jack Charles Kirkland, Jr. 
Charles Edward Kirkpatrick 
William Walton Kitchin, Jr. 
Daniel Gaines Lamb, Jr. 
William Hutchins Lambe, Jr. 
Julius Hamilton Lambeth 
Gordon Thackston Leathers 
Keith Douglas Lembo 
Kathleen Saunders Lewis 
Anthony Michael Liner 
William Douglas Livengood 
Anne Marlow Long 
Lloyd Maxwell Long, Jr. 
James Edward Lowe 
James Frederick Lowstetter 
Charles Edward McCartney, Jr. 
Philip Alan McGee 
George Anthony McNabb 
John Paul McNeil, III 
Robert Redfern McRae, Jr. 
Prudence Ellen MacDermod 
Jeffrey Thomas Mackie 
Nancy Jean Gravley Martin 
James Kenneth Martin 
William Paul Mattox 
Timothy Ray Messinger 
David Cromwell Meyer 
Hannah Ryan Mill 
Harold Daniel Miller, Jr. 
James Arthur Miller 
Thomas P. Mohr 
Caroline Starck Montgomery 
Mark Dreier Montgomery 
Nelda Nan Morgan 
Henry Ferguson Morris, Jr. 
Thomas Roy Moyer 
Norma Hood Murdoch 



210 



Degrees Conferred 



Robert Humphries Murdock, Jr. 
Barry Phillips Murphy 
Edward Albert Myers, Jr. 
William Brock Myers 
Raymond Toufeek Nasser 
Donna Gail Neal 
Nancy Young Nesbit 
Tommy Durr Nixon 
Theodore Adelbert Nodell, Jr. 
Judith Louise Noffsinger 
Anne Horton Northington 
Stuart Curtis Ours 
Richard Leo Pantera, Jr. 
Margaret Anne Park 
Janet Carolyn Parker 
William Andrew Parker 
Adele Patrick 
William Sloan Patterson 
Carolyn Apple Patton 
Bronnie Clifton Pearce, Jr. 
Peggy Lynne Pennell 
Barbara Ellen Peterson 
Michael Louis Pezzicola, Jr. 
Barbara Ann Phillips 
Miriam Early Picklesimer 
Fred P. Piercy 
John Andrew Porter 
Susan Gail Powers 
Douglas S. Punger 
Patricia Jo Rampy 
Haywood Wilson Ray, Jr. 
Richmond George Reavis 
Benjamin Hampton Register, II 
Raymond Rudolph Renfrow, Jr. 
Don Stephen Rice 
John Calvin Ritchie, Jr. 
Edgar M. Roach, Jr. 
Deborah Robinson 
James Robert Rose 
Francia White Rubio 
Anne Elizabeth Sabroske 
Barbara North Saintsing 
Louis Alan Sasser 
Phillip Laurence Saylor 
Donna Hurt Scott 
Christian Nathaniel Siewers 
Carol Susanne Bennett Simpson 
Richard Miller Sink, Jr. 



Thomas Michael Sklutas 
John William Slate, III 
Richard Lewis Sloss 
James Hamlett Smelley 
Darrell Lee Smith 
James Ivey Smith 
Robert Marshall Smith 
Susan Marie Smith 
William Eugene Smith 
George Franklin Spencer 
Howard Jan Stanback 
Richard Thomas Stange 
James Ernest Starmer, Jr. 
Mary Katherine Stelling 
Jeanne LaRoque Stott 
Preston Calvin Stringfield, III 
Richard Barry Strosnider 
William P. Summey 
Robert Marvin Sutherland 
Donald Keith Tate 
John Lewis Tate 
Phyllis McMurry Tate 
Marshall Dean Tessnear 
James Leslie This 
Mary Elaine Thomas 
Margaret Sue Tobey 
Mary Ann Tolbert 
Elizabeth Waitt Tomlinson 
William Arthur Townsend 
Pamela Annette Turner 
Patricia Foust Tweedy 
Charles William Twyford 
Donald Homewood Wagoner 
Anne Wannall Walsh 
Roslyn Anne Waring 
John Terry Warner 
James Smith Warren 
David Robert Watters 
Paul Victor Washburn 
James Huntley Watson 
James Drewry Wilkins, III 
Thomas Paul Williams 
Gary Wilson 

Jackson Daily Wilson, Jr. 
David Alan Wood, Jr. 
Sallie Anna Wood 
Susan Scott Yates 
Richard David York 



211 



Degrees Conferred 



Bachelor of Science 



David Scott Anderson 
David Bee Ashcraft 
Elizabeth Ann Beck 
John William Belchee 
Thomas Alexander Bell, Jr. 
Edwin Graham Below 
Willard Jackson Blanchard, Jr. 
Jonas LeMoyne Blank, Jr. 
Jerrie Snow Bottoms 
Thomas Jackson Boyles 
Ramsay Doyle Breazeale 
Carol Jean Breeding 
Arthur Wolfe Browning, Jr. 
John MacMillan Bruce, III 
Stephen Richard Burns 
Rebecca Wylie Burton 
Laura Elizabeth Caton 
Peter Chow 
Paul Mitchell Coble 
Ralph Anson Coffey 
Tommy Trent Cole 
Edward Beekman Cooper, Jr. 
Robert Maurice Crawford 
Kenneth Len Culbreth 
Jerome Irvin Davis 
Gail Margaret Detty 
James William Dixon 
Scott Kenneth Durum 
Robert Clarke DuVal 
Philip Arvin Dunnagan 
Linda Louise Fox 
Josephine Tucker Furgurson 
Gloria Sheila Gossett 
John Bewick Gouch 
John Payne Grady 
Shirley Jannette Greene 
Lloyd Eric Halvorson 
Iris Patricia Hansen 
Charles Vester Hardin, III 
Michael Floyd Harrah 
Robert Allen Harris, Jr. 
Wayne Robert Hedrick 
Jerry Ray Hemric 
William Amos Hough, III 
Susan Meredith Howard 
Bruce Alan Humphries 
Jack Robert Hutcheson, Jr. 



Nancy Elizabeth Hyler 
David Stone Jackson 
James Robert Johnson, Jr. 
Randall N. Kanter 
Edward Davey King 
Wayne Daniel Klohs 
Wayne Preston Knode 
Linda Ruth Krupitzer 
Richard Martin Lavinder 
Norman Charles McAllister 
Janet Alice Magee 
Cassandra Jo Martin 
James Nello Martin, Jr. 
Mark Stephen Mason 
Kim Grayson Menke 
Thomas Jackson Million 
Donald Lee Moore 
Richard Earl Morgan 
James W. Morton 
Thomas Paul Mutton 
Darrell Crawford Myers 
Paul Nelson Orser 
James Griffin Owen 
Sankey Reid Painter 
Edward O'dell Pauley, II 
Brenda Ruth Peeler 
Roy James Pettyjohn 
Pamela Pinson 
Randall Roy Poe 
Jimmy Douglas Price 
Wanda Lee Radford 
Susan Vaught Rainwater 
Jay Charles Randall 
Rosalind Delores Richmond 
Stanley Gray Rogers 
William Wigmore Rucker 
Judith Elaine Scaro 
Richard Allan Seibert 
Deborah Sue Simpson 
Ronald Kelly Sizemore 
Elton Ray Slone 
Elizabeth Ann Smith 
Everette Grover Smith, Jr. 
Randolph Fletcher Spainhour 
Mary Alice Steele 
Charles Vernon Steiner, Jr. 
Norman Virgil Swenson, Jr. 



212 



Degrees Conferred 



Carol Elaine Talbott 
David Andrew Taliaferro 
Louis Laverne Taylor, Jr. 
Thomas Stokes Templeton, II 
Susan Louise Troutman 
Charles Wallace Turner 
David Eugene Tuttle 
Linda Lee Van Oot 
Jean Allen Watson 
Richard Glenn Watson 
William Miller Watts, Jr. 
Charles Ernest Webb 



Landon Earl Weeks 
John Frederick Whalley 
Mary Helen Whisenant 
Richard George White 
Patricia Ann Wieferich 
Lola Kay Wike 
James Monroe Williams, Jr. 
William Harrison Williams, III 
David Collins Wilson 
Walter Eugene Wilson 
Dan Roland Yarborough 
Lee Alan Zinzow 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



Gregory Stephen Baxter 
Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr. 
Richard Carlie Beck 
James Monroe Blackwelder 
Douglas Robbins Bris-Bois 
Vinton Carr Bruton, III 
David Lee Burton 
Daniel Stelle Byrum 
William Fred Chapman, Jr. 
Larrie Wayne Dawkins 
Stephen Dale Dolinger 
Cathy Edinger Fink 
James Warren Fredrickson 
William Harrison Heitman 
Franklin Richard Hood, Jr. 
James Boyd Hood, Jr. 
Jimmy Lee Horton 
Harry Glenn James 
Douglas William Jardine 
Lawrence Fred Johnson 
Michael Fred Lynch 

James 



Anne Marie Meyer 
Marty Lee Ogburn 
Clarence Ford Peatross, II 
Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr. 
Glenn Michael Pleasant 
Thomas B. Preston 
William Gordon Preston 
James C. Pyron 
William Russell Raisner, Jr. 
Douglas Thomas Ramsey 
Earl William Robinson, Jr. 
Michael Henry Brody Rubenstein 
Glenn Randall Saunders 
Grady W. Saunders 
Teddy Dale Shelton 
Tolly M. Shuford, Jr. 
Jeffrey Stanton Taylor 
Patricia Lynne Thomas 
Kelly Randolph Vann 
Earl Gray Voss 
Daniel Edward White 
Robert Wren, Jr. 



HONORARY DEGREES 

Doctor of Laws 

David Maxwell Britt 

* Graham Martin 

John Francis Watlington, Jr. 

Doctor of Letters 
Germaine Bree 

Doctor of Science 
James E. Webb 



Awarded September 18, 1969. 



213 



DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 29, 1969 

Master of Arts 

William Allen Harrison, III Deann McCauley Miller 

Josephine Chandler Holcomb Wayne Eugene Moore 

John E. Hutchins Kallarackal Ninan Thomas 

Thomas Richard Williams, II 



Reginald Denny Carter 



Master of Science 

Joseph Dautlick, II 



Bachelor of Arts 



Robert Howard Armstrong, Jr. 
Charles Edward Arrington, Jr. 
Carlton Lee Baker 
Robert Gray Bobbitt 
David Lawe Bowdish 
Noel Bradford Breuer 
Chester Oscar David 
William Edward Eutsler, Jr. 
Robert Johnson Evans 
Ferris Lineau Grooms, Jr. 
John Phillips Harris, II 



John Henry Jones, Jr. 
James D. Kennedy 
James Hilton Knight 
Mary Claire McNaught 
R. Joanne Kline Partin 
Larry D. Pegram 
Judy Lynn Howard Petree 
Douglas Edward Reinhardt 
Dennis Michael Sayers 
Susan Byrd Tutt 
Frederick Lee Wendorf 



Bachelor of Science 



James Wesley Broadway 
Robert Alexander George 
Douglas Branch Horner 
Richard A. Marsh 



Robert Martin Parks 
John Everett Stone, Jr. 
Ann Rankin Stuart 
York Edward Winston 



Donald Carter Wilson 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



David George Cedolia 
Thomas Henry Clark 
Edgar Richard Dimmette, Jr. 
Ronald Brian Collins 
Matthew Alvin Edwards, III 



Sherwin Trumbull Haskell, III 
Richard David Herbert 
David Exum James 
James W. Mason 
Jerry Allen Shepherd 



Elmer Earl Trulove, Jr. 

GRADUATION DISTINCTION 

Cum Laude 
R. Joanne Kline Partin 



214 



SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1969 

Friday, August 29 

DEGREES CONFERRED 

Doctor of Philosophy 
Jerry Eugene Sipe 



Master of Arts 



Bryan Kingsley Blanchard 
Joseph Edwin Bourque 
Charles Edwin Cipolla 
John Senter Compere 
William Copeland Cooper 
William Wayne Eudy 
John William Filler, Jr. 
Harold Frazee Giles, Jr. 
John Jay Hamilton 
William Joseph Hartley 
Patricia Adams Johnson 
Robert Eugene Knott 



John Carlton Livesay 
Lois Mary Robertson Louden 
Clarence Allen McMurtry 
Margaret Whistle Morris 
Davis L. Moss 
Sue Pyatt Peeler 
William Leon Pippin, Jr. 
Felix Andrew Rowe, Jr. 
Roger Adams Smith, III 
Virginia Ann Sutton 
Lisbeth Joan Vincent 
Mervin Blythe Whealy 



Susan Lynn Brooks 
Violet Hoffman Daniel 



Master of Arts in Education 

Austin Odom Evans 
Judith Dorr Homer 
Kenneth Gray Matthews 



Bachelor of Arts 



Henry Lee Albert, Jr. 
Lynda Jones Baker 
John Ruffin Branham, Jr. 
Dariel Saunders Buczek 
David Lee Coleman 
Russell Edwin Dancy 
Thomas Shirley Dickinson 
Franklin Pierce Donaldson, Jr. 
Sharon Lee Ervin 
Jean Adair Fogleman 
William Allen Garnett 
Roland Boyden Gibson 
Clarence E. Godwin, Jr. 
Arthur Henry Hilker, III 
George Paul LaRoque 
Carol Ann Lindner 

Everett 



Paul Erwin Long 
Philip McNeill Maness 
Jo Ann Martin 
Jesse Lee Mills, III 
Ruth Malene Pettit 
Sanderson Scott Schaub 
Joseph Worrell Seidle 
Suzi Dianne Smith 
Carolyn Jean Snider 
John Hubert Spivey 
Richard John Staiger, Jr. 
Jo Anne Tart 
Susan Rebecca Thomas 
William Edward Upton, III 
Charles Franklin Williams, Jr. 
Jeffrey Alan Willison 
Cleveland Wilkie 



215 



Graduation Distinctions 



Bachelor of Science 

William Sears Brown Ronald Lee Honeycutt 

Susan Garrard Coffey Durward Burrell Jones 

Edith Jane Creasy Robert Mackie Kirsch 

Robert Newton Dickens Emmett Matthew Leeper, Jr. 

Lowell Leon Freedlund Ronald Bruce MacVittie 

Hubert Gearl Gore Harold Carlyle McDowell 

John Ralph Hagaman W. Hugh Patton, III 

Larry Nicholas Hambrick Douglas Dussel Pritchard 

Bachelor of Business Administration 

Scott Louis Cober Walter Roland Shelton 

David Michael Grochmal James Marsh Steed 

Carlos O. Holder Frank LeRoy Vestal 

Sandy Vestal Hutchens, Jr. Michael Dean White 

Joseph Edward Parvin Craig Marshall Wood 

Penelope Chamis Poulos Paul Lee Zink 

GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Cum Laude 
Jean Adair Fogleman 

Magna Cum Laude 
Carolyn Jean Snider 



216 



ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN 
THE UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE 



Chester O. David* 
Robert A. George 



January 1969 

Lawrence W. Hewitt 
James H. Knight 
Douglas E. Reinhardt* 



Donald C. Wilson* 



February 1969 



June 1969 



Thomas W. Albert, Jr. 
John C. Berwind, Jr. 
Joseph E. Blythe 
Thomas J. Boyles* 
Reginald A. Brown 
David L. Burton* 
James L. Carver, II* 
Alan B. Crusan* 
Larrie W. Dawkins 
William A. Eliason 
John C. Ellis, Jr. 
William D. Ellis 
Bobby J. Ervin* 
Dwight L. Gentry, Jr. 
Dale D. Glendening, Jr.f 
Donald W. Hardeman, Jr.* 
Charles D. Heidgerd 
David C. Helscher 
Elwyn V. Hopkins, Jr. 
Lawrence F. Johnsonf 



Charles E. Kirkpatrick* 
James E. Lowe 
James A. Miller* 
David C. Meyer 
William B. Myers 
Theodore A. Nodell, Jr. 
Stuart C. Ours 
William A. Parker 
James R. Rose 
William W. Rucker 
Louis A. Sasser 
Charles V. Steiner, Jr.f 
David A. Taliaferro* 
James L. This* 
Donald H. Wagoner* 
James S. Warren 
James H. Watson* 
David R. Wattersf 
Charles E. Webb* 
Gary Wilson 



Richard C. Beck 
Edwin G. Below* 
Jonas L. Blank, Jr. 
James R. Creech, Jr. 
Jack C. Kirkland, Jr. 



July 1969 



Paul E. Long 
Charles E. McCartney, Jr. 
Thomas P. Mutton 
William M. Watts, Jr. 
David A. Wood 



William A. K. Garnett 



August 1969 

Larry N. Hambrick 



* Distinguished Military Graduates. 

t Distinguished Military Graduates Commissioned in Regular Army. 



217 



SUMMARY - FALL 1969 



Graduate School Men Women Totals 
Wake Forest College: 

Regular 87 80 167 

Unclassified 17 23 40 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 35 13 48 

139 116 255 255 

Wake Forest College 

Seniors 365 161 526 

Juniors 349 162 511 

Sophomores 400 192 592 

Freshmen 496 230 726 

Unclassified 13 17 30 

1,623 762 2,385 2,385 

Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

Seniors 59 5 64 

Juniors 66 2 68 

125 7 132 132 

School of Law 

Third Year 50 1 51 

Second Year 51 — 51 

First Year 85 2 87 

186 3 189 189 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Fourth Year 49 4 53 

Third Year 58 1 59 

Second Year 57 2 59 

First Year 75 3 78 

239 10 249 249 

Grand Totals 2,312 898 3,210 3,210 



218 



Summer Session of 1969 

Men Women Totals 
First Term: 

Graduate Students 

Regular 51 39 90 

Unclassified 52 62 114 

Undergraduates 

Regular 424 132 556 

Unclassified 118 146 264 

Law Students 14 14 

Second Term: 

Graduate Students 

Regular 40 36 76 

Unclassified 17 7 24 

Undergraduates 

Regular 308 98 406 

Unclassified 55 94 149 

1,079 614 1,693 

Duplicates, attended both terms 296 154 450 

783 460 1,243 

Duplicates, Summer School 

and Regular Session 485 183 668 

298 277 575 575 
3,785 



219 



Registration 



Registration by Departments 



Art 125 

Asian Studies 27 

Biology 959 

Chemistry 450 

Classical Languages: 

Greek 59 

Latin 260 

Economics 381 

Education 546 

English 1,615 

German 243 

History 1,505 

Mathematics 1,180 

Military Science 258 

Music 308 

Philosophy 366 

Physical Education 1,114 

Physics 260 

Political Science 493 

Psychology 839 

Religion 718 

Romance Languages: 

French 500 

Russian 25 

Spanish 402 

Sociology and Anthropology 678 

Speech 301 



220 



Geographical Distribution 

Counties in North Carolina 



Alamance 44 

Alexander 7 

Alleghany 2 

Anson 3 

Ashe 6 

Avery 3 

Beaufort 7 

Bertie 1 

Bladen 2 

Brunswick 1 

Buncombe 27 

Burke 15 

Cabarrus 23 

Caldwell 14 

Carteret 1 

Caswell 1 

Catawba 24 

Chatham 1 

Cherokee 4 

Chowan 1 

Cleveland 32 

Columbus 7 

Craven 3 

Cumberland 24 

Davidson 68 

Davie 8 

Duplin 6 

Durham 15 

Edgecombe 12 

Forsyth 370 

Franklin 5 

Gaston 40 

Gates 1 

Granville 8 

Greene 2 

Guilford 102 

Halifax 16 

Harnett 10 

Haywood 12 

Henderson 9 

Hertford 14 

Hoke 4 

Iredell 27 

Jackson 2 

Johnston 18 

Lee 9 



Jones 4 

Lenoir 15 

Lincoln 5 

McDowell 8 

Macon 5 

Madison 3 

Martin 6 

Mecklenburg 125 

Mitchell 1 

Montgomery 5 

Moore 5 

Nash 16 

New Hanover 14 

Northhampton 3 

Onslow 4 

Orange 9 

Pasquotank 6 

Pender 4 

Perquimans 1 

Person 9 

Pitt 17 

Randolph 24 

Richmond 9 

Robeson 18 

Rockingham 20 

Rowan 28 

Rutherford 14 

Sampson 13 

Scotland 9 

Stanley 16 

Stokes 9 

Surry 31 

Swain 2 

Transylvania 2 

Union 18 

Vance 6 

Wake 60 

Warren 3 

Washington 2 

Watauga 2 

Wayne H 

Wilkes 38 

Wilson 8 

Yadkin 13 

Yancey 2 



221 



Geographical Distribution 



States 



Alabama 8 

Arizona 2 

Arkansas 3 

California 17 

Colorado 5 

Connecticut 33 

Delaware 31 

District of Columbia 9 

Florida 101 

Georgia 59 

Illinois 34 

Indiana 12 

Iowa 3 

Kansas 4 

Kentucky 27 

Maine 2 

Maryland 151 

Massachusetts 29 

Michigan 5 

Minnesota 5 

Missouri 3 



Montana 3 

New Hampshire 8 

New Jersey 178 

New York 95 

North Dakota 2 

Ohio 56 

Oklahoma 5 

Pennsylvania 158 

Rhode Island 3 

South Carolina 84 

Tennessee 42 

Texas 8 

Utah 5 

Vermont 1 

Virginia 281 

Washington 2 

West Virginia 34 

Wisconsin 7 

Canal Zone 2 

Puerto Rico 2 



Foreign Countries 



Australia 

Bolivia 

British Honduras 

Canada 

Colombia 

Cyprus 

England 

France 

Germany 

Greece 



Hong Kong 

Iran 

Malaysia . . 

Peru 

Scotland 
Somalia . . . 
Switzerland 
Taiwan . . . 
Thailand . . 



222 



INDEX 



Academic Requirements, 

Minimum 81 

Accountancy 114, 185 

Accreditation 7 

Administration 9 

Admission Requirements. 49 

Advanced Placement .... 51 
Advanced Standing 

Admission 51 

Advisers 78, 95 

Anthropology 171 

Application Fee 50, 54 

Army R.O.T.C 141 

Army R.O.T.C. 

Commissions 141, 217 

Art 107 

Art Museum 48 

Asian Studies Program . . 178 
Athletics 

Equipment 44 

Intercollegiate 77 

Attendance Regulations . 80 

Auditing 79 

Awards 74, 200 

Basic Course 

Requirements 91 

Biology 109 

Board 57 

Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine 195 

Buildings, Academic .... 43 

Buildings, Residence .... 45 

Buildings and Grounds . . 43 

Business Administration . 180 
Business and 

Accountancy 113 

Calendar 3 

Chapel Service 41 

Charges 53 

Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business 

Administration 180 

Chemistry 115 

Choir Work Grants 69 

Church and Industry 

Institute 88 

Class Schedule 104 

Classical Languages 117 

Classification 78 

Coaching Staff 33 

College Union 77 

Commencement 

Exercises 202 

Committees of the 

Faculty 34 

Course Conditions 

Removal Procedure ... 84 

Seniors 85 



Course Numbers 


104 


Courses of Instruction 




The College 


104 


School of Business 




Administration 


186 


Credit Hours Defined . . . 


104 


Dean's List 


86 


Debate and Speech 


72 


Degrees 




Bachelor of Arts 


90 


Bachelor of Business 




Administration 


184 


Bachelor of Science . . . 


90 


Doctor of Medicine . . . 


195 


Juris Doctor 


193 


Master of Arts 


189 


Degrees Conferred 


199 


Dentistry 


101 


Deposits 


50, 54 


Dormitories 


45 


Dramatics 


175 


Economics 


120 


Education 


122 


Endowment 


41 


Engineering 


101 


English 


127 


Enrollment Summary . . 


218 


Examinations 


84 


Experiment in Int'l 




Living 


87 


Experimental Courses . . 


105 


Faculty 


12 


Fees 


53 


Food Services 


57 


Forensics 


71 


Forestry 


102 


Fraternities 


75 


French 


167 


Geographical 




Distribution 


221 


German 


132 


German Exchange 




Scholarship 


68 


Grading System 


84 


Graduate School 


189 


Graduation 




Distinctions 


. 86, 205 


Fee 


55 


Requirements 


90 


Greek 


117 


Health Service 


88 


Hindi 


169 


Historical Sketch 


37 


History 


134 


Honor Societies 


76 


Honor Svstem 


70 


Honors Program 




Departmental 


107 



223 



Index 



Biology 109 

Economics 120 

English 127 

German 132 

History 134 

Interdisciplinary 105 

Mathematics 138 

Music 143 

Physical Education . . . 153 

Physics 155 

Political Science 157 

Psychology 161 

Religion 164 

Romance Languages . . 167 
Sociology and 

Anthropology 172 

Speech 175 

Housing 57 

Introductory Statement . 7 

Journalism 131 

Latin 117 

Law 97, 190 

Libraries 32, 46 

Loan Funds 65 

Majors 96 

Mathematics 138 

Medals 74, 200 

Medical Record 

Administration 100 

Medical Sciences 98 

Medical Technology .... 99 
Medicine, 

School of 195 

Men's Judicial 

Board 71 

Military Science 141 

Ministerial Students .... 68 

Music 143 

Navy R.O.C. 

Program 89 

Open Curriculum 93 

Pass-Fail Grades 85 

Phi Beta Kappa 76, 203 

Philosophy 149 

Physical Education 

Courses 151 

Equipment 44 

Physician Assistant 

Program 100 

Physics 155 

Piedmont University 

Center 48 

Placement Office 89 

Political Science 157 

Prerequisites 104 

Probation 83 



Psychological Center .... 88 

Psychology 161 

Publications 74 

Purposes and 

Objectives 40 

Quality Points 82 

Radio Station 73 

Readmission 83 

Recitations Per Week ... 78 

Recreational Activities . . 77 
Registration 

Dates 3 

Departmental 220 

Procedure 78 

Regulations 79 

Religion 163 

Religious Program 41 

Repetition of Courses ... 85 

Reports 86 

Requirements, 

Academic 91 

Romance Languages .... 167 

Room Regulations 58 

Russian 169 

Salem College 

Courses 178 

Scholarships 59 

Senior Orations 71 

Senior Testing 

Program 97 

Sociology and 

Anthropology 171 

Spanish 170 

Spanish Exchange 

Scholarship 68 

Speech 175 

Speech Institute 72 

Student Employment ... 69 

Student Government .... 70 

Study Abroad 87 

Summer Session 

Elsewhere 87 

Summer Term 198, 219 

Teacher Certificate 

Requirements 123 

Theatre 73 

Transcripts 86 

Trustees 8 

Tuition 53 

University Calendar .... 3 

Upoer Division 94 

Veterans 89 

Withdrawal 

From College 81 

From Course 81 



224 




Address Correction Requested 
Return Postage Guaranteed 

WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 
WINSTON-SALEM, N. C. 27109 



. 



.